VS代码API
VS Code API是一组 JavaScript API,您可以在 Visual Studio Code 扩展中调用它们。此页面列出了扩展作者可用的所有 VS Code API。
API 命名空间和类
此列表是根据VS Code 存储库中的vscode.d.ts文件编译的。
验证
Events
onDidChangeSessions :事件< AuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the authentication sessions of an authentication provider have been added, removed, or changed.
Functions
getSession (providerId :字符串,范围:只读字符串[],选项:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions&{ createIfNone :true } ):Thenable <AuthenticationSession>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {createIfNone: true} | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session |
getSession (providerId :字符串,范围:只读字符串[],选项:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession :true | AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions } ):Thenable <AuthenticationSession>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions & {forceNewSession: true | AuthenticationForceNewSessionOptions} | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session |
getSession (providerId :字符串,范围:只读字符串[],选项?:AuthenticationGetSessionOptions ):Thenable < AuthenticationSession | 未定义>
Get an authentication session matching the desired scopes. Rejects if a provider with providerId is not registered, or if the user does not consent to sharing authentication information with the extension. If there are multiple sessions with the same scopes, the user will be shown a quickpick to select which account they would like to use.
Currently, there are only two authentication providers that are contributed from built in extensions to the editor that implement GitHub and Microsoft authentication: their providerId's are 'github' and 'microsoft'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
providerId: string | The id of the provider to use |
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes representing the permissions requested. These are dependent on the authentication provider |
options?: AuthenticationGetSessionOptions | The AuthenticationGetSessionOptions to use |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to an authentication session if available, or undefined if there are no sessions |
registerAuthenticationProvider ( id : string , label : string , provider : AuthenticationProvider , options ? : AuthenticationProviderOptions ) :一次性
Register an authentication provider.
There can only be one provider per id and an error is being thrown when an id has already been used by another provider. Ids are case-sensitive.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The unique identifier of the provider. |
label: string | The human-readable name of the provider. |
provider: AuthenticationProvider | The authentication provider provider. |
options?: AuthenticationProviderOptions | Additional options for the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
命令
用于处理命令的命名空间。简而言之,命令是具有唯一标识符的函数。该函数有时也称为命令处理程序。
可以使用registerCommand 和registerTextEditorCommand函数将命令添加到编辑器中。可以手动或通过 UI 手势执行命令。那些是:
- 调色板 - 使用
commands
-section inpackage.json
使命令显示在命令调色板中。 - 键绑定 - 使用
keybindings
- 部分为您的扩展package.json
启用 键绑定 。
扩展可以访问来自其他扩展和编辑器本身的命令。但是,当调用编辑器命令时,并非所有参数类型都受支持。
这是一个注册命令处理程序并将该命令的条目添加到选项板的示例。首先使用标识符注册一个命令处理程序extension.sayHello
。
commands.registerCommand('extension.sayHello', () => {
window.showInformationMessage('Hello World!');
});
其次,将命令标识符绑定到标题,它将显示在调色板 ( package.json
) 中。
{
"contributes": {
"commands": [
{
"command": "extension.sayHello",
"title": "Hello World"
}
]
}
}
Functions
executeCommand <T> (命令:字符串, ...其余:任意[ ] ) : Thenable <T> _ _ _
Executes the command denoted by the given command identifier.
- Note 1: When executing an editor command not all types are allowed to
be passed as arguments. Allowed are the primitive types
string
,boolean
,number
,undefined
, andnull
, as well as Position, Range, Uri and Location. - Note 2: There are no restrictions when executing commands that have been contributed by extensions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | Identifier of the command to execute. |
...rest: any[] | Parameters passed to the command function. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T> | A thenable that resolves to the returned value of the given command. Returns |
getCommands ( filterInternal ? : boolean ) : Thenable < string []>
Retrieve the list of all available commands. Commands starting with an underscore are treated as internal commands.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
filterInternal?: boolean | Set |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string[]> | Thenable that resolves to a list of command ids. |
registerCommand (命令:字符串,回调: (args:任意[]) =>任意, thisArg ? :任意) :一次性
Registers a command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, a menu item, an action, or directly.
Registering a command with an existing command identifier twice will cause an error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | A unique identifier for the command. |
callback: (args: any[]) => any | A command handler function. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. |
registerTextEditorCommand (命令: string ,回调: (textEditor: TextEditor , edit: TextEditorEdit , args:任意[]) => void , thisArg ? :任意) :一次性
Registers a text editor command that can be invoked via a keyboard shortcut, a menu item, an action, or directly.
Text editor commands are different from ordinary commands as they only execute when there is an active editor when the command is called. Also, the command handler of an editor command has access to the active editor and to an edit-builder. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | A unique identifier for the command. |
callback: (textEditor: TextEditor, edit: TextEditorEdit, args: any[]) => void | |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable which unregisters this command on disposal. |
评论
Functions
createCommentController (id :字符串,标签:字符串):CommentController
Creates a new comment controller instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | An |
label: string | A human-readable string for the comment controller. |
Returns | Description |
CommentController | An instance of comment controller. |
调试
用于调试功能的命名空间。
Variables
活动调试控制台:调试控制台
The currently active debug console. If no debug session is active, output sent to the debug console is not shown.
活动调试会话:调试会话| 不明确的
The currently active debug session or undefined
. The active debug session is the one
represented by the debug action floating window or the one currently shown in the drop down menu of the debug action floating window.
If no debug session is active, the value is undefined
.
断点:只读断点[]
List of breakpoints.
Events
onDidChangeActiveDebugSession :事件< DebugSession | 未定义>
An Event which fires when the active debug session
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active debug session changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeBreakpoints :事件<BreakpointsChangeEvent> _ _
An Event that is emitted when the set of breakpoints is added, removed, or changed.
onDidReceiveDebugSessionCustomEvent :事件< DebugSessionCustomEvent >
An Event which fires when a custom DAP event is received from the debug session.
onDidStartDebugSession :事件<调试会话>
An Event which fires when a new debug session has been started.
onDidTerminateDebugSession :事件<调试会话>
An Event which fires when a debug session has terminated.
Functions
addBreakpoints (断点:只读断点[] ) : void
Add breakpoints.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[] | The breakpoints to add. |
Returns | Description |
void |
asDebugSourceUri (源:DebugProtocolSource,会话?:DebugSession ):Uri
Converts a "Source" descriptor object received via the Debug Adapter Protocol into a Uri that can be used to load its contents. If the source descriptor is based on a path, a file Uri is returned. If the source descriptor uses a reference number, a specific debug Uri (scheme 'debug') is constructed that requires a corresponding ContentProvider and a running debug session
If the "Source" descriptor has insufficient information for creating the Uri, an error is thrown.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
source: DebugProtocolSource | An object conforming to the Source type defined in the Debug Adapter Protocol. |
session?: DebugSession | An optional debug session that will be used when the source descriptor uses a reference number to load the contents from an active debug session. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A uri that can be used to load the contents of the source. |
registerDebugAdapterDescriptorFactory (debugType :字符串,工厂:DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory ):一次性
Register a debug adapter descriptor factory for a specific debug type. An extension is only allowed to register a DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for the debug type(s) defined by the extension. Otherwise an error is thrown. Registering more than one DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory for a debug type results in an error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the factory is registered. |
factory: DebugAdapterDescriptorFactory | The debug adapter descriptor factory to register. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed. |
registerDebugAdapterTrackerFactory (debugType :字符串,工厂:DebugAdapterTrackerFactory ):一次性
Register a debug adapter tracker factory for the given debug type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the factory is registered or '*' for matching all debug types. |
factory: DebugAdapterTrackerFactory | The debug adapter tracker factory to register. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this factory when being disposed. |
registerDebugConfigurationProvider (debugType :字符串,提供者:DebugConfigurationProvider,triggerKind ?:DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind ):一次性
Register a debug configuration provider for a specific debug type.
The optional triggerKind can be used to specify when the provideDebugConfigurations
method of the provider is triggered.
Currently two trigger kinds are possible: with the value Initial
(or if no trigger kind argument is given) the provideDebugConfigurations
method is used to provide the initial debug configurations to be copied into a newly created launch.json.
With the trigger kind Dynamic
the provideDebugConfigurations
method is used to dynamically determine debug configurations to be presented to the user (in addition to the static configurations from the launch.json).
Please note that the triggerKind
argument only applies to the provideDebugConfigurations
method: so the resolveDebugConfiguration
methods are not affected at all.
Registering a single provider with resolve methods for different trigger kinds, results in the same resolve methods called multiple times.
More than one provider can be registered for the same type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
debugType: string | The debug type for which the provider is registered. |
provider: DebugConfigurationProvider | The debug configuration provider to register. |
triggerKind?: DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind | The trigger for which the 'provideDebugConfiguration' method of the provider is registered. If |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
removeBreakpoints (断点:只读断点[] ) : void
Remove breakpoints.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoints: readonly Breakpoint[] | The breakpoints to remove. |
Returns | Description |
void |
startDebugging (文件夹:WorkspaceFolder,nameOrConfiguration :字符串| DebugConfiguration,parentSessionOrOptions ?:DebugSession | DebugSessionOptions ):Thenable <boolean> _
Start debugging by using either a named launch or named compound configuration, or by directly passing a DebugConfiguration. The named configurations are looked up in '.vscode/launch.json' found in the given folder. Before debugging starts, all unsaved files are saved and the launch configurations are brought up-to-date. Folder specific variables used in the configuration (e.g. '${workspaceFolder}') are resolved against the given folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder for looking up named configurations and resolving variables or |
nameOrConfiguration: string | DebugConfiguration | Either the name of a debug or compound configuration or a DebugConfiguration object. |
parentSessionOrOptions?: DebugSession | DebugSessionOptions | Debug session options. When passed a parent debug session, assumes options with just this parent session. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A thenable that resolves when debugging could be successfully started. |
stopDebugging (会话?:DebugSession ):Thenable <void> _ _
Stop the given debug session or stop all debug sessions if session is omitted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session?: DebugSession | The debug session to stop; if omitted all sessions are stopped. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the session(s) have been stopped. |
环境
描述编辑器运行环境的命名空间。
Variables
The hosted location of the application On desktop this is 'desktop' In the web this is the specified embedder i.e. 'github.dev', 'codespaces', or 'web' if the embedder does not provide that information
The application name of the editor, like 'VS Code'.
The application root folder from which the editor is running.
Note that the value is the empty string when running in an environment that has no representation of an application root folder.
剪贴板:剪贴板
The system clipboard.
Indicates that this is a fresh install of the application.
true
if within the first day of installation otherwise false
.
Indicates whether the users has telemetry enabled. Can be observed to determine if the extension should send telemetry.
Represents the preferred user-language, like de-CH
, fr
, or en-US
.
日志级别:日志级别
The current log level of the editor.
A unique identifier for the computer.
The name of a remote. Defined by extensions, popular samples are wsl
for the Windows
Subsystem for Linux or ssh-remote
for remotes using a secure shell.
Note that the value is undefined
when there is no remote extension host but that the
value is defined in all extension hosts (local and remote) in case a remote extension host
exists. Use Extension.extensionKind to know if
a specific extension runs remote or not.
A unique identifier for the current session. Changes each time the editor is started.
The detected default shell for the extension host, this is overridden by the
terminal.integrated.defaultProfile
setting for the extension host's platform. Note that in
environments that do not support a shell the value is the empty string.
uiKind : UIKind
The UI kind property indicates from which UI extensions are accessed from. For example, extensions could be accessed from a desktop application or a web browser.
The custom uri scheme the editor registers to in the operating system.
Events
An Event which fires when the log level of the editor changes.
onDidChangeShell :事件<字符串>
An Event which fires when the default shell changes. This fires with the new shell path.
onDidChangeTelemetryEnabled :事件<布尔值>
An Event which fires when the user enabled or disables telemetry.
true
if the user has enabled telemetry or false
if the user has disabled telemetry.
Functions
asExternalUri (目标:Uri ):Thenable <Uri> _ _
Resolves a uri to a form that is accessible externally.
http:
or https:
scheme
Resolves an external uri, such as a http:
or https:
link, from where the extension is running to a
uri to the same resource on the client machine.
This is a no-op if the extension is running on the client machine.
If the extension is running remotely, this function automatically establishes a port forwarding tunnel
from the local machine to target
on the remote and returns a local uri to the tunnel. The lifetime of
the port forwarding tunnel is managed by the editor and the tunnel can be closed by the user.
Note that uris passed through openExternal
are automatically resolved and you should not call asExternalUri
on them.
vscode.env.uriScheme
Creates a uri that - if opened in a browser (e.g. via openExternal
) - will result in a registered UriHandler
to trigger.
Extensions should not make any assumptions about the resulting uri and should not alter it in any way. Rather, extensions can e.g. use this uri in an authentication flow, by adding the uri as callback query argument to the server to authenticate to.
Note that if the server decides to add additional query parameters to the uri (e.g. a token or secret), it will appear in the uri that is passed to the UriHandler.
Example of an authentication flow:
vscode.window.registerUriHandler({
handleUri(uri: vscode.Uri): vscode.ProviderResult<void> {
if (uri.path === '/did-authenticate') {
console.log(uri.toString());
}
}
});
const callableUri = await vscode.env.asExternalUri(
vscode.Uri.parse(vscode.env.uriScheme + '://my.extension/did-authenticate')
);
await vscode.env.openExternal(callableUri);
Note that extensions should not cache the result of asExternalUri
as the resolved uri may become invalid due to
a system or user action — for example, in remote cases, a user may close a port forwarding tunnel that was opened by
asExternalUri
.
Any other scheme
Any other scheme will be handled as if the provided URI is a workspace URI. In that case, the method will return a URI which, when handled, will make the editor open the workspace.
createTelemetryLogger (发送者:TelemetrySender,选项?:TelemetryLoggerOptions ):TelemetryLogger
Creates a new telemetry logger.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
sender: TelemetrySender | The telemetry sender that is used by the telemetry logger. |
options?: TelemetryLoggerOptions | Options for the telemetry logger. |
Returns | Description |
TelemetryLogger | A new telemetry logger |
openExternal (目标:Uri ):Thenable <boolean> _ _
Opens a link externally using the default application. Depending on the used scheme this can be:
- a browser (
http:
,https:
) - a mail client (
mailto:
) - VSCode itself (
vscode:
fromvscode.env.uriScheme
)
Note that showTextDocument is the right way to open a text document inside the editor, not this function.
扩展
用于处理已安装扩展的命名空间。扩展由Extension接口表示,该接口允许对它们进行反射。
扩展编写者可以通过从activate
调用返回其 API 公共表面来向其他扩展提供 API。
export function activate(context: vscode.ExtensionContext) {
let api = {
sum(a, b) {
return a + b;
},
mul(a, b) {
return a * b;
}
};
// 'export' public api-surface
return api;
}
当依赖另一个扩展的 API 时,添加一个extensionDependencies
-entry 到package.json
,并使用getExtension -function 和exports -property,如下所示:
let mathExt = extensions.getExtension('genius.math');
let importedApi = mathExt.exports;
console.log(importedApi.mul(42, 1));
Variables
all :只读扩展名<任意>[]
All extensions currently known to the system.
Events
onDidChange :事件<void> _ _
An event which fires when extensions.all
changes. This can happen when extensions are
installed, uninstalled, enabled or disabled.
Functions
getExtension <T> ( extensionId : string ) :扩展<T> | _ _ _ 不明确的
Get an extension by its full identifier in the form of: publisher.name
.
10n
扩展 API 中与本地化相关的功能的命名空间。要正确使用它,您必须l10n
在扩展清单中进行定义并拥有bundle.l10n。
注意:内置扩展(例如,Git、TypeScript 语言功能、GitHub 身份验证)不包含在l10n
属性要求中。换句话说,他们不需要l10n
在扩展清单中指定 a,因为他们的翻译字符串来自语言包。
Variables
The bundle of localized strings that have been loaded for the extension. It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded if there was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.
乌里:乌里| 不明确的
The URI of the localization bundle that has been loaded for the extension. It's undefined if no bundle has been loaded. The bundle is typically not loaded if there was no bundle found or when we are running with the default language.
Functions
t (消息:字符串, ... args :数组 <字符串|数字|布尔值> ) :字符串
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
Example
l10n.t('Hello {0}!', 'World');
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to localize. Supports index templating where strings like |
...args: Array<string | number | boolean> | The arguments to be used in the localized string. The index of the argument is used to match the template placeholder in the localized string. |
Returns | Description |
string | localized string with injected arguments. |
t (消息:字符串, args :记录<字符串,任意> ) :字符串
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
Example
l10n.t('Hello {name}', { name: 'Erich' });
t ( options : {args: Array< string | number | boolean > | Record < string , any >, comment: string | string [], message: string } ) : string
Marks a string for localization. If a localized bundle is available for the language specified by env.language and the bundle has a localized value for this message, then that localized value will be returned (with injected args values for any templated values).
语言
用于参与特定于语言的编辑器功能的命名空间,例如 IntelliSense、代码操作、诊断等。
存在许多编程语言,并且在语法、语义和范例方面存在巨大差异。尽管如此,自动单词完成、代码导航或代码检查等功能已经在不同编程语言的不同工具中变得流行。
该编辑器提供了一个 API,通过已就位的所有 UI 和操作并允许您仅通过提供数据来参与,可以轻松地提供此类通用功能。例如,要提供悬停,您所要做的就是提供一个可以使用 TextDocument和返回悬停信息的Position来调用的函数。其余的,如跟踪鼠标、定位悬停、保持悬停稳定等,都由编辑器处理。
languages.registerHoverProvider('javascript', {
provideHover(document, position, token) {
return new Hover('I am a hover!');
}
});
注册是使用文档选择器完成的,该选择器可以是语言 ID,例如javascript
,也可以是更复杂的过滤器,例如{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }
。将文档与此类选择器进行匹配将产生一个分数,该分数用于确定是否以及如何使用提供程序。当分数相等时,最后的提供者获胜。对于允许完整数量的功能(例如悬停),分数仅检查为>0
,对于其他功能(例如IntelliSense) ,分数用于确定要求提供者参与的顺序。
Events
onDidChangeDiagnostics :事件<DiagnosticChangeEvent> _ _
An Event which fires when the global set of diagnostics changes. This is newly added and removed diagnostics.
Functions
createDiagnosticCollection (名称?:字符串):DiagnosticCollection
Create a diagnostics collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name?: string | The name of the collection. |
Returns | Description |
DiagnosticCollection | A new diagnostic collection. |
createLanguageStatusItem (id :字符串,选择器:DocumentSelector ):LanguageStatusItem
Creates a new language status item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The identifier of the item. |
selector: DocumentSelector | The document selector that defines for what editors the item shows. |
Returns | Description |
LanguageStatusItem | A new language status item. |
Get all diagnostics for a given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resource: Uri | A resource |
Returns | Description |
Diagnostic[] | An array of diagnostics objects or an empty array. |
getDiagnostics ( ) : Array<[ Uri ,诊断[]]>
Get all diagnostics.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Array<[Uri, Diagnostic[]]> | An array of uri-diagnostics tuples or an empty array. |
getLanguages ( ) : Thenable < string []>
Return the identifiers of all known languages.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string[]> | Promise resolving to an array of identifier strings. |
匹配(选择器:DocumentSelector,文档:TextDocument ):数字
Compute the match between a document selector and a document. Values greater than zero mean the selector matches the document.
A match is computed according to these rules:
- When DocumentSelector is an array, compute the match for each contained
DocumentFilter
or language identifier and take the maximum value. - A string will be desugared to become the
language
-part of a DocumentFilter, so"fooLang"
is like{ language: "fooLang" }
. - A DocumentFilter will be matched against the document by comparing its parts with the document. The following rules apply:
- When the
DocumentFilter
is empty ({}
) the result is0
- When
scheme
,language
,pattern
, ornotebook
are defined but one doesn't match, the result is0
- Matching against
*
gives a score of5
, matching via equality or via a glob-pattern gives a score of10
- The result is the maximum value of each match
- When the
Samples:
// default document from disk (file-scheme)
doc.uri; //'file:///my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript' }, doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'file' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5
match('fooLang', doc); // 0
match(['fooLang', '*'], doc); // 5
// virtual document, e.g. from git-index
doc.uri; // 'git:/my/file.js'
doc.languageId; // 'javascript'
match('javascript', doc); // 10;
match({ language: 'javascript', scheme: 'git' }, doc); // 10;
match('*', doc); // 5
// notebook cell document
doc.uri; // `vscode-notebook-cell:///my/notebook.ipynb#gl65s2pmha`;
doc.languageId; // 'python'
match({ notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: 'fooNotebook', language: 'python' }, doc); // 0
match({ language: 'python' }, doc); // 10
match({ notebookType: '*' }, doc); // 5
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A document selector. |
document: TextDocument | A text document. |
Returns | Description |
number | A number |
registerCallHierarchyProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:CallHierarchyProvider ):一次性
Register a call hierarchy provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CallHierarchyProvider | A call hierarchy provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCodeActionsProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector ,提供者:CodeActionProvider <CodeAction> ,元数据?:CodeActionProviderMetadata ):一次性
Register a code action provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CodeActionProvider<CodeAction> | A code action provider. |
metadata?: CodeActionProviderMetadata | Metadata about the kind of code actions the provider provides. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCodeLensProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:CodeLensProvider <CodeLens> ):一次性
Register a code lens provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CodeLensProvider<CodeLens> | A code lens provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerColorProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentColorProvider ):一次性
Register a color provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentColorProvider | A color provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerCompletionItemProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:CompletionItemProvider <CompletionItem>,... triggerCharacters :字符串[ ] ):一次性
Register a completion provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and groups of equal score are sequentially asked for completion items. The process stops when one or many providers of a group return a result. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not fail the whole operation.
A completion item provider can be associated with a set of triggerCharacters
. When trigger
characters are being typed, completions are requested but only from providers that registered
the typed character. Because of that trigger characters should be different than word characters,
a common trigger character is .
to trigger member completions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: CompletionItemProvider<CompletionItem> | A completion provider. |
...triggerCharacters: string[] | Trigger completion when the user types one of the characters. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDeclarationProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DeclarationProvider ):一次性
Register a declaration provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DeclarationProvider | A declaration provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDefinitionProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DefinitionProvider ):一次性
Register a definition provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DefinitionProvider | A definition provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentDropEditProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentDropEditProvider ):一次性
Registers a new DocumentDropEditProvider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider applies to. |
provider: DocumentDropEditProvider | A drop provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when disposed of. |
registerDocumentFormattingEditProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentFormattingEditProvider ):一次性
Register a formatting provider for a document.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentFormattingEditProvider | A document formatting edit provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentHighlightProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentHighlightProvider ):一次性
Register a document highlight provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted
by their score and groups sequentially asked for document highlights.
The process stops when a provider returns a non-falsy
or non-failure
result.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentHighlightProvider | A document highlight provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentLinkProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentLinkProvider <DocumentLink> ):一次性
Register a document link provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentLinkProvider<DocumentLink> | A document link provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider ):一次性
Register a formatting provider for a document range.
Note: A document range provider is also a document formatter which means there is no need to register a document formatter when also registering a range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider | A document range formatting edit provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider,图例:SemanticTokensLegend ):一次性
Register a semantic tokens provider for a document range.
Note: If a document has both a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider
and a DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider
,
the range provider will be invoked only initially, for the time in which the full document provider takes
to resolve the first request. Once the full document provider resolves the first request, the semantic tokens
provided via the range provider will be discarded and from that point forward, only the document provider
will be used.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider | A document range semantic tokens provider. |
legend: SemanticTokensLegend | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentSemanticTokensProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentSemanticTokensProvider,图例:SemanticTokensLegend ):一次性
Register a semantic tokens provider for a whole document.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentSemanticTokensProvider | A document semantic tokens provider. |
legend: SemanticTokensLegend | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerDocumentSymbolProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:DocumentSymbolProvider,metaData ?:DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata ):一次性
Register a document symbol provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: DocumentSymbolProvider | A document symbol provider. |
metaData?: DocumentSymbolProviderMetadata | metadata about the provider |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerEvaluatableExpressionProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:EvaluatableExpressionProvider ):一次性
Register a provider that locates evaluatable expressions in text documents. The editor will evaluate the expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover.
If multiple providers are registered for a language an arbitrary provider will be used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: EvaluatableExpressionProvider | An evaluatable expression provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerFoldingRangeProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:FoldingRangeProvider ):一次性
Register a folding range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. If multiple folding ranges start at the same position, only the range of the first registered provider is used. If a folding range overlaps with an other range that has a smaller position, it is also ignored.
A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: FoldingRangeProvider | A folding range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerHoverProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:HoverProvider ):一次性
Register a hover provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: HoverProvider | A hover provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerImplementationProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:ImplementationProvider ):一次性
Register an implementation provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: ImplementationProvider | An implementation provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlayHintsProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:InlayHintsProvider <InlayHint> ):一次性
Register a inlay hints provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlayHintsProvider<InlayHint> | An inlay hints provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlineCompletionItemProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:InlineCompletionItemProvider ):一次性
Registers an inline completion provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlineCompletionItemProvider | An inline completion provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerInlineValuesProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:InlineValuesProvider ):一次性
Register a provider that returns data for the debugger's 'inline value' feature. Whenever the generic debugger has stopped in a source file, providers registered for the language of the file are called to return textual data that will be shown in the editor at the end of lines.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: InlineValuesProvider | An inline values provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerLinkedEditingRangeProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:LinkedEditingRangeProvider ):一次性
Register a linked editing range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider that has a result is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: LinkedEditingRangeProvider | A linked editing range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerOnTypeFormattingEditProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:OnTypeFormattingEditProvider,firstTriggerCharacter :字符串,... moreTriggerCharacter :字符串[] ):一次性
Register a formatting provider that works on type. The provider is active when the user enables the setting editor.formatOnType
.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and the best-matching provider is used. Failure of the selected provider will cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: OnTypeFormattingEditProvider | An on type formatting edit provider. |
firstTriggerCharacter: string | A character on which formatting should be triggered, like |
...moreTriggerCharacter: string[] | More trigger characters. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerReferenceProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:ReferenceProvider ):一次性
Register a reference provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: ReferenceProvider | A reference provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerRenameProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:RenameProvider ):一次性
Register a rename provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and asked in sequence. The first provider producing a result defines the result of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: RenameProvider | A rename provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSelectionRangeProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:SelectionRangeProvider ):一次性
Register a selection range provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SelectionRangeProvider | A selection range provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSignatureHelpProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:SignatureHelpProvider,... triggerCharacters :字符串[] ):一次性
Register a signature help provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are sorted by their score and called sequentially until a provider returns a valid result.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SignatureHelpProvider | A signature help provider. |
...triggerCharacters: string[] | Trigger signature help when the user types one of the characters, like |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerSignatureHelpProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:SignatureHelpProvider,元数据:SignatureHelpProviderMetadata ):一次性
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: SignatureHelpProvider | A signature help provider. |
metadata: SignatureHelpProviderMetadata | Information about the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTypeDefinitionProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:TypeDefinitionProvider ):一次性
Register a type definition provider.
Multiple providers can be registered for a language. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: TypeDefinitionProvider | A type definition provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTypeHierarchyProvider (选择器:DocumentSelector,提供者:TypeHierarchyProvider ):一次性
Register a type hierarchy provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
selector: DocumentSelector | A selector that defines the documents this provider is applicable to. |
provider: TypeHierarchyProvider | A type hierarchy provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerWorkspaceSymbolProvider (提供者:WorkspaceSymbolProvider <SymbolInformation> ):一次性_
Register a workspace symbol provider.
Multiple providers can be registered. In that case providers are asked in parallel and the results are merged. A failing provider (rejected promise or exception) will not cause a failure of the whole operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: WorkspaceSymbolProvider<SymbolInformation> | A workspace symbol provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
setLanguageConfiguration (语言:字符串,配置:LanguageConfiguration ):一次性
Set a language configuration for a language.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
language: string | A language identifier like |
configuration: LanguageConfiguration | Language configuration. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unsets this configuration. |
setTextDocumentLanguage (文档: TextDocument , languageId : string ) : Thenable < TextDocument >
Set (and change) the language that is associated with the given document.
Note that calling this function will trigger the onDidCloseTextDocument event followed by the onDidOpenTextDocument event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document which language is to be changed |
languageId: string | The new language identifier. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A thenable that resolves with the updated document. |
笔记本
笔记本的命名空间。
笔记本功能由三个松散耦合的组件组成:
- NotebookSerializer使编辑器能够打开、显示和保存笔记本
- NotebookController拥有笔记本的执行,例如它们从代码单元创建输出。
- NotebookRenderer 在编辑器中呈现笔记本输出。它们在单独的上下文中运行。
Functions
createNotebookController ( id : string , notebookType : string , label : string , handler ? : (cells: NotebookCell [], notebook: NotebookDocument , 控制器: NotebookController ) => void | Thenable < void > ) : NotebookController
Creates a new notebook controller.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier of the controller. Must be unique per extension. |
notebookType: string | A notebook type for which this controller is for. |
label: string | The label of the controller. |
handler?: (cells: NotebookCell[], notebook: NotebookDocument, controller: NotebookController) => void | Thenable<void> | The execute-handler of the controller. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookController | A new notebook controller. |
createRendererMessaging ( rendererId : string ) : NotebookRendererMessaging
Creates a new messaging instance used to communicate with a specific renderer.
- Note 1: Extensions can only create renderer that they have defined in their
package.json
-file - Note 2: A renderer only has access to messaging if
requiresMessaging
is set toalways
oroptional
in itsnotebookRenderer
contribution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
rendererId: string | The renderer ID to communicate with |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRendererMessaging | A new notebook renderer messaging object. |
registerNotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider (notebookType :字符串,提供程序:NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider ):一次性
Register a cell statusbar item provider for the given notebook type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | The notebook type to register for. |
provider: NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider | A cell status bar provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
供应链管理
用于源代码控制管理的命名空间。
Variables
输入框:源控件输入框
The input box for the last source control created by the extension.
- deprecated - Use SourceControl.inputBox instead
Functions
createSourceControl ( id : string , label : string , rootUri ? : Uri ) : SourceControl
Creates a new source control instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | An |
label: string | A human-readable string for the source control. E.g.: |
rootUri?: Uri | An optional Uri of the root of the source control. E.g.: |
Returns | Description |
SourceControl | An instance of source control. |
任务
任务功能的命名空间。
Variables
taskExecutions :只读TaskExecution []
The currently active task executions or an empty array.
Events
onDidEndTask :事件<TaskEndEvent> _ _
Fires when a task ends.
onDidEndTaskProcess :事件<TaskProcessEndEvent> _ _
Fires when the underlying process has ended. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.
onDidStartTask :事件<TaskStartEvent> _ _
Fires when a task starts.
onDidStartTaskProcess :事件<TaskProcessStartEvent> _ _
Fires when the underlying process has been started. This event will not fire for tasks that don't execute an underlying process.
Functions
executeTask (任务:任务) : Thenable <TaskExecution> _ _
Executes a task that is managed by the editor. The returned task execution can be used to terminate the task.
- throws - When running a ShellExecution or a ProcessExecution task in an environment where a new process cannot be started. In such an environment, only CustomExecution tasks can be run.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
task: Task | the task to execute |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TaskExecution> | A thenable that resolves to a task execution. |
fetchTasks (过滤器? : TaskFilter ) : Thenable < Task []>
Fetches all tasks available in the systems. This includes tasks
from tasks.json
files as well as tasks from task providers
contributed through extensions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
filter?: TaskFilter | Optional filter to select tasks of a certain type or version. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Task[]> | A thenable that resolves to an array of tasks. |
registerTaskProvider (类型:字符串,提供者:TaskProvider <任务> ):一次性
Register a task provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
type: string | The task kind type this provider is registered for. |
provider: TaskProvider<Task> | A task provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
测试
用于测试功能的命名空间。通过注册TestController实例,然后添加TestItems来发布测试 。控制器还可以描述如何通过创建一个或多个 TestRunProfile实例来运行测试。
Functions
createTestController (id :字符串,标签:字符串):TestController
Creates a new test controller.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier for the controller, must be globally unique. |
label: string | A human-readable label for the controller. |
Returns | Description |
TestController | An instance of the TestController. |
窗户
用于处理编辑器当前窗口的命名空间。即可见且活动的编辑器,以及用于显示消息、选择和要求用户输入的 UI 元素。
Variables
activeColorTheme :颜色主题
The currently active color theme as configured in the settings. The active
theme can be changed via the workbench.colorTheme
setting.
activeNotebookEditor : NotebookEditor | 不明确的
The currently active notebook editor or undefined
. The active editor is the one
that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed
input most recently.
活动终端:终端| 不明确的
The currently active terminal or undefined
. The active terminal is the one that
currently has focus or most recently had focus.
activeTextEditor :文本编辑器| 不明确的
The currently active editor or undefined
. The active editor is the one
that currently has focus or, when none has focus, the one that has changed
input most recently.
状态:窗口状态
Represents the current window's state.
tabGroups :选项卡组
Represents the grid widget within the main editor area
终端:只读终端[]
The currently opened terminals or an empty array.
visibleNotebookEditors :只读NotebookEditor []
The currently visible notebook editors or an empty array.
可见文本编辑器:只读文本编辑器[]
The currently visible editors or an empty array.
Events
onDidChangeActiveColorTheme :事件< ColorTheme >
An Event which fires when the active color theme is changed or has changes.
onDidChangeActiveNotebookEditor :事件< NotebookEditor | 未定义>
An Event which fires when the active notebook editor
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeActiveTerminal :事件<终端| 未定义>
An Event which fires when the active terminal
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active terminal changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeActiveTextEditor :事件< TextEditor | 未定义>
An Event which fires when the active editor
has changed. Note that the event also fires when the active editor changes
to undefined
.
onDidChangeNotebookEditorSelection :事件< NotebookEditorSelectionChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the notebook editor selections have changed.
onDidChangeNotebookEditorVisibleRanges :事件< NotebookEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the notebook editor visible ranges have changed.
onDidChangeTerminalState :事件<终端>
An Event which fires when a terminal's state has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorOptions :事件< TextEditorOptionsChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the options of an editor have changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorSelection :事件< TextEditorSelectionChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the selection in an editor has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorViewColumn :事件< TextEditorViewColumnChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the view column of an editor has changed.
onDidChangeTextEditorVisibleRanges :事件< TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the visible ranges of an editor has changed.
onDidChangeVisibleNotebookEditors :事件<readonly NotebookEditor []>
An Event which fires when the visible notebook editors has changed.
onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors :事件<readonly TextEditor []>
An Event which fires when the array of visible editors has changed.
onDidChangeWindowState :事件<窗口状态>
An Event which fires when the focus state of the current window changes. The value of the event represents whether the window is focused.
An Event which fires when a terminal is disposed.
An Event which fires when a terminal has been created, either through the createTerminal API or commands.
Functions
创建输入框():输入框
Creates a InputBox to let the user enter some text input.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showInputBox is easier to use. window.createInputBox should be used when window.showInputBox does not offer the required flexibility.
createOutputChannel (名称:字符串, languageId ? :字符串) : OutputChannel
Creates a new output channel with the given name and language id If language id is not provided, then Log is used as default language id.
You can access the visible or active output channel as a text document from visible editors or active editor and use the language id to contribute language features like syntax coloring, code lens etc.,
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI. |
languageId?: string | The identifier of the language associated with the channel. |
Returns | Description |
OutputChannel | A new output channel. |
createOutputChannel (名称: string ,选项: {log: true } ) : LogOutputChannel
Creates a new log output channel with the given name.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | Human-readable string which will be used to represent the channel in the UI. |
options: {log: true} | Options for the log output channel. |
Returns | Description |
LogOutputChannel | A new log output channel. |
createQuickPick < T 扩展QuickPickItem > ( ) : QuickPick < T >
Creates a QuickPick to let the user pick an item from a list of items of type T.
Note that in many cases the more convenient window.showQuickPick is easier to use. window.createQuickPick should be used when window.showQuickPick does not offer the required flexibility.
createStatusBarItem (id :字符串,对齐方式?:StatusBarAlignment,优先级?:数字):StatusBarItem
Creates a status bar item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The identifier of the item. Must be unique within the extension. |
alignment?: StatusBarAlignment | The alignment of the item. |
priority?: number | The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left. |
Returns | Description |
StatusBarItem | A new status bar item. |
createStatusBarItem (对齐?:StatusBarAlignment,优先级?:数字):StatusBarItem
Creates a status bar item.
See also createStatusBarItem for creating a status bar item with an identifier.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
alignment?: StatusBarAlignment | The alignment of the item. |
priority?: number | The priority of the item. Higher values mean the item should be shown more to the left. |
Returns | Description |
StatusBarItem | A new status bar item. |
createTerminal (名称? :字符串, shellPath ? :字符串, shellArgs ? :字符串| 只读字符串[] ) :终端
Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process. The cwd of the terminal will be the workspace directory if it exists.
- throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name?: string | Optional human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI. |
shellPath?: string | Optional path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal. |
shellArgs?: string | readonly string[] | Optional args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
Creates a Terminal with a backing shell process.
- throws - When running in an environment where a new process cannot be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: TerminalOptions | A TerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
创建终端(选项:ExtensionTerminalOptions ):终端
Creates a Terminal where an extension controls its input and output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: ExtensionTerminalOptions | An ExtensionTerminalOptions object describing the characteristics of the new terminal. |
Returns | Description |
Terminal | A new Terminal. |
createTextEditorDecorationType (选项: DecorationRenderOptions ) : TextEditorDecorationType
Create a TextEditorDecorationType that can be used to add decorations to text editors.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: DecorationRenderOptions | Rendering options for the decoration type. |
Returns | Description |
TextEditorDecorationType | A new decoration type instance. |
createTreeView <T> ( viewId : string , options : TreeViewOptions < T > ) : TreeView < T > _ _
Create a TreeView for the view contributed using the extension point views
.
createWebviewPanel ( viewType : string , title : string , showOptions : ViewColumn | {preserveFocus: boolean , viewColumn: ViewColumn }, options ? : WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions ) : WebviewPanel
Create and show a new webview panel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Identifies the type of the webview panel. |
title: string | Title of the panel. |
showOptions: ViewColumn | {preserveFocus: boolean, viewColumn: ViewColumn} | Where to show the webview in the editor. If preserveFocus is set, the new webview will not take focus. |
options?: WebviewPanelOptions & WebviewOptions | Settings for the new panel. |
Returns | Description |
WebviewPanel | New webview panel. |
registerCustomEditorProvider ( viewType : string ,提供者: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider < CustomDocument > | CustomEditorProvider < CustomDocument >, options ? : {supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument: boolean , webviewOptions: WebviewPanelOptions } ) :一次性
Register a provider for custom editors for the viewType
contributed by the customEditors
extension point.
When a custom editor is opened, an onCustomEditor:viewType
activation event is fired. Your extension
must register a CustomTextEditorProvider, CustomReadonlyEditorProvider,
CustomEditorProviderfor viewType
as part of activation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Unique identifier for the custom editor provider. This should match the |
provider: CustomTextEditorProvider | CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | CustomEditorProvider<CustomDocument> | Provider that resolves custom editors. |
options?: {supportsMultipleEditorsPerDocument: boolean, webviewOptions: WebviewPanelOptions} | Options for the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerFileDecorationProvider (提供者:FileDecorationProvider ):一次性
Register a file decoration provider.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: FileDecorationProvider | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTerminalLinkProvider (提供者: TerminalLinkProvider < TerminalLink > ) :一次性
Register provider that enables the detection and handling of links within the terminal.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
provider: TerminalLinkProvider<TerminalLink> | The provider that provides the terminal links. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTerminalProfileProvider (id :字符串,提供者:TerminalProfileProvider ):一次性
Registers a provider for a contributed terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | The ID of the contributed terminal profile. |
provider: TerminalProfileProvider | The terminal profile provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the provider. |
registerTreeDataProvider <T> (viewId :字符串,treeDataProvider :TreeDataProvider <T> ):一次性_ _ _ _
Register a TreeDataProvider for the view contributed using the extension point views
.
This will allow you to contribute data to the TreeView and update if the data changes.
Note: To get access to the TreeView and perform operations on it, use createTreeView.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewId: string | Id of the view contributed using the extension point |
treeDataProvider: TreeDataProvider<T> | A TreeDataProvider that provides tree data for the view |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the TreeDataProvider. |
registerUriHandler (处理程序:UriHandler ):一次性
Registers a uri handler capable of handling system-wide uris. In case there are multiple windows open, the topmost window will handle the uri. A uri handler is scoped to the extension it is contributed from; it will only be able to handle uris which are directed to the extension itself. A uri must respect the following rules:
- The uri-scheme must be
vscode.env.uriScheme
; - The uri-authority must be the extension id (e.g.
my.extension
); - The uri-path, -query and -fragment parts are arbitrary.
For example, if the my.extension
extension registers a uri handler, it will only
be allowed to handle uris with the prefix product-name://my.extension
.
An extension can only register a single uri handler in its entire activation lifetime.
- Note: There is an activation event
onUri
that fires when a uri directed for the current extension is about to be handled.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
handler: UriHandler | The uri handler to register for this extension. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the handler. |
registerWebviewPanelSerializer (viewType :字符串,序列化器:WebviewPanelSerializer <未知> ):一次性
Registers a webview panel serializer.
Extensions that support reviving should have an "onWebviewPanel:viewType"
activation event and
make sure that registerWebviewPanelSerializer
is called during activation.
Only a single serializer may be registered at a time for a given viewType
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | Type of the webview panel that can be serialized. |
serializer: WebviewPanelSerializer<unknown> | Webview serializer. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that unregisters the serializer. |
registerWebviewViewProvider ( viewId : string , provider : WebviewViewProvider , options ? : {webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden: boolean }} ) :一次性
Register a new provider for webview views.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewId: string | Unique id of the view. This should match the |
provider: WebviewViewProvider | Provider for the webview views. |
options?: {webviewOptions: {retainContextWhenHidden: boolean}} | |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Disposable that unregisters the provider. |
setStatusBarMessage (文本:字符串,hideAfterTimeout :数字):一次性
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
hideAfterTimeout: number | Timeout in milliseconds after which the message will be disposed. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
setStatusBarMessage ( text : string , hideWhenDone : Thenable <any> ) : Disposable _ _
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
hideWhenDone: Thenable<any> | Thenable on which completion (resolve or reject) the message will be disposed. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
setStatusBarMessage ( text : string ) :一次性
Set a message to the status bar. This is a short hand for the more powerful status bar items.
Note that status bar messages stack and that they must be disposed when no longer used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The message to show, supports icon substitution as in status bar items. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which hides the status bar message. |
showErrorMessage < T 扩展字符串> (消息:字符串, ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
showErrorMessage < T 扩展字符串> (消息:字符串,选项: MessageOptions , ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showErrorMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息: string , ... items : T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
showErrorMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息:字符串,选项: MessageOptions , ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an error message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInformationMessage < T 扩展字符串> (消息:字符串, ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.
showInformationMessage < T extends string > ( message : string , options : MessageOptions , ... items : T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an information message to users. Optionally provide an array of items which will be presented as clickable buttons.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInformationMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息: string , ... items : T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an information message.
See also showInformationMessage
showInformationMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息:字符串,选项: MessageOptions , ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show an information message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showInputBox (选项? : InputBoxOptions ,令牌? : CancellationToken ) : Thenable <字符串| 未定义>
Opens an input box to ask the user for input.
The returned value will be undefined
if the input box was canceled (e.g. pressing ESC). Otherwise the
returned value will be the string typed by the user or an empty string if the user did not type
anything but dismissed the input box with OK.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: InputBoxOptions | Configures the behavior of the input box. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string | undefined> | A promise that resolves to a string the user provided or to |
showNotebookDocument (文档:NotebookDocument,选项?:NotebookDocumentShowOptions ):Thenable <NotebookEditor> _ _
Show the given NotebookDocument in a notebook editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: NotebookDocument | A text document to be shown. |
options?: NotebookDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the notebook editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookEditor> | A promise that resolves to an notebook editor. |
showOpenDialog (选项? : OpenDialogOptions ) : Thenable < Uri []| 未定义>
Shows a file open dialog to the user which allows to select a file for opening-purposes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: OpenDialogOptions | Options that control the dialog. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected resources or |
showQuickPick ( items : readonly string [] | Thenable <readonly string []>, options : QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true }, token ? : CancellationToken ) : Thenable < string [] | 未定义>
Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]> | An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. |
options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true} | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected items or |
showQuickPick ( items : readonly string [] | Thenable <readonly string []>, options ? : QuickPickOptions , token ? : CancellationToken ) : Thenable < string | 未定义>
Shows a selection list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly string[] | Thenable<readonly string[]> | An array of strings, or a promise that resolves to an array of strings. |
options?: QuickPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selection or |
showQuickPick < T extends QuickPickItem > ( items : readonly T [] | Thenable <readonly T []>, options : QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true }, token ? : CancellationToken ) : Thenable < T [] | 未定义>
Shows a selection list allowing multiple selections.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]> | An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. |
options: QuickPickOptions & {canPickMany: true} | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T[] | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected items or |
showQuickPick < T extends QuickPickItem > ( items : readonly T [] | Thenable <readonly T [] >, options ? : QuickPickOptions , token ? : CancellationToken ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Shows a selection list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly T[] | Thenable<readonly T[]> | An array of items, or a promise that resolves to an array of items. |
options?: QuickPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the selection list. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected item or |
showSaveDialog (选项? : SaveDialogOptions ) : Thenable < Uri | 未定义>
Shows a file save dialog to the user which allows to select a file for saving-purposes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: SaveDialogOptions | Options that control the dialog. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the selected resource or |
showTextDocument (文档:TextDocument,列?:ViewColumn,保留焦点?:布尔):Thenable <TextEditor> _
Show the given document in a text editor. A column can be provided to control where the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | A text document to be shown. |
column?: ViewColumn | A view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showTextDocument (文档:TextDocument,选项?:TextDocumentShowOptions ):Thenable <TextEditor> _ _
Show the given document in a text editor. Options can be provided to control options of the editor is being shown. Might change the active editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | A text document to be shown. |
options?: TextDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showTextDocument (uri :Uri,选项?:TextDocumentShowOptions ):Thenable <TextEditor> _ _
A short-hand for openTextDocument(uri).then(document => showTextDocument(document, options))
.
See also workspace.openTextDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
options?: TextDocumentShowOptions | Editor options to configure the behavior of showing the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextEditor> | A promise that resolves to an editor. |
showWarningMessage < T 扩展字符串> (消息:字符串, ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
showWarningMessage < T extends string > ( message : string , options : MessageOptions , ... items : T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showWarningMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息: string , ... items : T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
showWarningMessage < T extends MessageItem > (消息:字符串,选项: MessageOptions , ...项目: T [] ) : Thenable < T | 未定义>
Show a warning message.
See also showInformationMessage
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | The message to show. |
options: MessageOptions | Configures the behaviour of the message. |
...items: T[] | A set of items that will be rendered as actions in the message. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<T | undefined> | A thenable that resolves to the selected item or |
showWorkspaceFolderPick (选项?:WorkspaceFolderPickOptions ):Thenable < WorkspaceFolder | 未定义>
Shows a selection list of workspace folders to pick from.
Returns undefined
if no folder is open.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: WorkspaceFolderPickOptions | Configures the behavior of the workspace folder list. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<WorkspaceFolder | undefined> | A promise that resolves to the workspace folder or |
withProgress < R > ( options : ProgressOptions , task : (progress: Progress <{increment: number , message: string }>, token: CancellationToken ) => Thenable < R > ) : Thenable < R >
Show progress in the editor. Progress is shown while running the given callback and while the promise it returned isn't resolved nor rejected. The location at which progress should show (and other details) is defined via the passed ProgressOptions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: ProgressOptions | A ProgressOptions-object describing the options to use for showing progress, like its location |
task: (progress: Progress<{increment: number, message: string}>, token: CancellationToken) => Thenable<R> | A callback returning a promise. Progress state can be reported with the provided Progress-object. To report discrete progress, use To monitor if the operation has been cancelled by the user, use the provided CancellationToken.
Note that currently only |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<R> | The thenable the task-callback returned. |
withScmProgress <R> (任务:(进度:进度<数字> ) = > Thenable <R> ) : Thenable <R> _ _
Show progress in the Source Control viewlet while running the given callback and while its returned promise isn't resolve or rejected.
- deprecated - Use
withProgress
instead.
工作区
用于处理当前工作空间的命名空间。工作区是在编辑器窗口(实例)中打开的一个或多个文件夹的集合。
也可以在没有工作区的情况下打开编辑器。例如,当您通过从平台的文件菜单中选择文件来打开新的编辑器窗口时,您将不会处于工作区中。在此模式下,编辑器的某些功能会减少,但您仍然可以打开文本文件并对其进行编辑。
有关工作区概念的更多信息,请参阅https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces 。
工作区提供对侦听fs 事件和查找文件的支持。两者都表现良好并且在编辑器进程之外运行 ,因此应该始终使用它们而不是 Nodejs 等效项。
Variables
fs :文件系统
A file system instance that allows to interact with local and remote
files, e.g. vscode.workspace.fs.readDirectory(someUri)
allows to retrieve all entries
of a directory or vscode.workspace.fs.stat(anotherUri)
returns the meta data for a
file.
When true, the user has explicitly trusted the contents of the workspace.
The name of the workspace. undefined
when no workspace
has been opened.
Refer to https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.
notebookDocuments :只读NotebookDocument []
All notebook documents currently known to the editor.
The uri of the first entry of workspaceFolders
as string
. undefined
if there is no first entry.
Refer to https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.
- deprecated - Use workspaceFolders instead.
textDocuments :只读TextDocument []
All text documents currently known to the editor.
工作区文件:Uri | 不明确的
The location of the workspace file, for example:
file:///Users/name/Development/myProject.code-workspace
or
untitled:1555503116870
for a workspace that is untitled and not yet saved.
Depending on the workspace that is opened, the value will be:
undefined
when no workspace is opened- the path of the workspace file as
Uri
otherwise. if the workspace is untitled, the returned URI will use theuntitled:
scheme
The location can e.g. be used with the vscode.openFolder
command to
open the workspace again after it has been closed.
Example:
vscode.commands.executeCommand('vscode.openFolder', uriOfWorkspace);
Refer to https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on the concept of workspaces.
Note: it is not advised to use workspace.workspaceFile
to write
configuration data into the file. You can use workspace.getConfiguration().update()
for that purpose which will work both when a single folder is opened as
well as an untitled or saved workspace.
workspaceFolders :只读WorkspaceFolder [] | 不明确的
List of workspace folders (0-N) that are open in the editor. undefined
when no workspace
has been opened.
Refer to https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces for more information on workspaces.
Events
onDidChangeConfiguration :事件<ConfigurationChangeEvent> _ _
An event that is emitted when the configuration changed.
onDidChangeNotebookDocument :事件< NotebookDocumentChangeEvent >
An event that is emitted when a notebook has changed.
onDidChangeTextDocument :事件< TextDocumentChangeEvent >
An event that is emitted when a text document is changed. This usually happens when the contents changes but also when other things like the dirty-state changes.
onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders :事件< WorkspaceFoldersChangeEvent >
An event that is emitted when a workspace folder is added or removed.
Note: this event will not fire if the first workspace folder is added, removed or changed,
because in that case the currently executing extensions (including the one that listens to this
event) will be terminated and restarted so that the (deprecated) rootPath
property is updated
to point to the first workspace folder.
onDidCloseNotebookDocument :事件< NotebookDocument >
An event that is emitted when a notebook is disposed.
Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed.
Note 2: A notebook can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a notebook that has not been shown in an editor.
onDidCloseTextDocument :事件< TextDocument >
An event that is emitted when a text document is disposed or when the language id of a text document has been changed.
Note 1: There is no guarantee that this event fires when an editor tab is closed, use the onDidChangeVisibleTextEditors-event to know when editors change.
Note 2: A document can be open but not shown in an editor which means this event can fire for a document that has not been shown in an editor.
onDidCreateFiles :事件< FileCreateEvent >
An event that is emitted when files have been created.
Note: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
onDidDeleteFiles :事件< FileDeleteEvent >
An event that is emitted when files have been deleted.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.
onDidGrantWorkspaceTrust :事件<void> _ _
Event that fires when the current workspace has been trusted.
onDidOpenNotebookDocument :事件< NotebookDocument >
An event that is emitted when a notebook is opened.
onDidOpenTextDocument :事件<TextDocument> _ _
An event that is emitted when a text document is opened or when the language id of a text document has been changed.
To add an event listener when a visible text document is opened, use the TextEditor events in the window namespace. Note that:
- The event is emitted before the document is updated in the active text editor
- When a text document is already open (e.g.: open in another visible text editor) this event is not emitted
onDidRenameFiles :事件< FileRenameEvent >
An event that is emitted when files have been renamed.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.
onDidSaveNotebookDocument :事件< NotebookDocument >
An event that is emitted when a notebook is saved.
onDidSaveTextDocument :事件<TextDocument> _ _
An event that is emitted when a text document is saved to disk.
onWillCreateFiles :事件< FileWillCreateEvent >
An event that is emitted when files are being created.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like creating a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api. This event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When this event is fired, edits to files that are are being created cannot be applied.
onWillDeleteFiles :事件< FileWillDeleteEvent >
An event that is emitted when files are being deleted.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like deleting a file from the explorer, or from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When deleting a folder with children only one event is fired.
onWillRenameFiles :事件< FileWillRenameEvent >
An event that is emitted when files are being renamed.
Note 1: This event is triggered by user gestures, like renaming a file from the explorer, and from the workspace.applyEdit-api, but this event is not fired when files change on disk, e.g triggered by another application, or when using the workspace.fs-api.
Note 2: When renaming a folder with children only one event is fired.
onWillSaveNotebookDocument :事件< NotebookDocumentWillSaveEvent >
An event that is emitted when a notebook document will be saved to disk.
Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.
Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:
- there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
- listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore
The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.
onWillSaveTextDocument :事件< TextDocumentWillSaveEvent >
An event that is emitted when a text document will be saved to disk.
Note 1: Subscribers can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. For the sake of data integrity the editor might save without firing this event. For instance when shutting down with dirty files.
Note 2: Subscribers are called sequentially and they can delay saving by registering asynchronous work. Protection against misbehaving listeners is implemented as such:
- there is an overall time budget that all listeners share and if that is exhausted no further listener is called
- listeners that take a long time or produce errors frequently will not be called anymore
The current thresholds are 1.5 seconds as overall time budget and a listener can misbehave 3 times before being ignored.
Functions
applyEdit (编辑:WorkspaceEdit,元数据?:WorkspaceEditMetadata ):Thenable <boolean> _
Make changes to one or many resources or create, delete, and rename resources as defined by the given workspace edit.
All changes of a workspace edit are applied in the same order in which they have been added. If multiple textual inserts are made at the same position, these strings appear in the resulting text in the order the 'inserts' were made, unless that are interleaved with resource edits. Invalid sequences like 'delete file a' -> 'insert text in file a' cause failure of the operation.
When applying a workspace edit that consists only of text edits an 'all-or-nothing'-strategy is used. A workspace edit with resource creations or deletions aborts the operation, e.g. consecutive edits will not be attempted, when a single edit fails.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
edit: WorkspaceEdit | A workspace edit. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditMetadata | Optional metadata for the edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A thenable that resolves when the edit could be applied. |
asRelativePath ( pathOrUri : string | Uri , includeWorkspaceFolder ? : boolean ) : string
Returns a path that is relative to the workspace folder or folders.
When there are no workspace folders or when the path is not contained in them, the input is returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
pathOrUri: string | Uri | A path or uri. When a uri is given its fsPath is used. |
includeWorkspaceFolder?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
string | A path relative to the root or the input. |
createFileSystemWatcher (globPattern :GlobPattern,ignoreCreateEvents ?:boolean,ignoreChangeEvents ?:boolean,ignoreDeleteEvents ?:boolean ):FileSystemWatcher
Creates a file system watcher that is notified on file events (create, change, delete) depending on the parameters provided.
By default, all opened workspace folders will be watched for file changes recursively.
Additional paths can be added for file watching by providing a RelativePattern with
a base
path to watch. If the pattern
is complex (e.g. contains **
or path segments),
the path will be watched recursively and otherwise will be watched non-recursively (i.e. only
changes to the first level of the path will be reported).
Note that requests for recursive file watchers for a base
path that is inside the opened
workspace are ignored given all opened workspace folders are
watched for file changes recursively by default. Non-recursive file watchers however are always
supported, even inside the opened workspace because they allow to bypass the configured settings
for excludes (files.watcherExclude
). If you need to watch in a location that is typically
excluded (for example node_modules
or .git
folder), then you can use a non-recursive watcher
in the workspace for this purpose.
If possible, keep the use of recursive watchers to a minimum because recursive file watching is quite resource intense.
Providing a string
as globPattern
acts as convenience method for watching file events in
all opened workspace folders. It cannot be used to add more folders for file watching, nor will
it report any file events from folders that are not part of the opened workspace folders.
Optionally, flags to ignore certain kinds of events can be provided.
To stop listening to events the watcher must be disposed.
Note that file events from recursive file watchers may be excluded based on user configuration.
The setting files.watcherExclude
helps to reduce the overhead of file events from folders
that are known to produce many file changes at once (such as node_modules
folders). As such,
it is highly recommended to watch with simple patterns that do not require recursive watchers
where the exclude settings are ignored and you have full control over the events.
Note that symbolic links are not automatically followed for file watching unless the path to watch itself is a symbolic link.
Note that file changes for the path to be watched may not be delivered when the path itself
changes. For example, when watching a path /Users/somename/Desktop
and the path itself is
being deleted, the watcher may not report an event and may not work anymore from that moment on.
The underlying behaviour depends on the path that is provided for watching:
- if the path is within any of the workspace folders, deletions are tracked and reported unless
excluded via
files.watcherExclude
setting - if the path is equal to any of the workspace folders, deletions are not tracked
- if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, deletions are not tracked
If you are interested in being notified when the watched path itself is being deleted, you have
to watch it's parent folder. Make sure to use a simple pattern
(such as putting the name of the
folder) to not accidentally watch all sibling folders recursively.
Note that the file paths that are reported for having changed may have a different path casing compared to the actual casing on disk on case-insensitive platforms (typically macOS and Windows but not Linux). We allow a user to open a workspace folder with any desired path casing and try to preserve that. This means:
- if the path is within any of the workspace folders, the path will match the casing of the workspace folder up to that portion of the path and match the casing on disk for children
- if the path is outside of any of the workspace folders, the casing will match the case of the path that was provided for watching In the same way, symbolic links are preserved, i.e. the file event will report the path of the symbolic link as it was provided for watching and not the target.
Examples
The basic anatomy of a file watcher is as follows:
const watcher = vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(<folder>, <pattern>));
watcher.onDidChange(uri => { ... }); // listen to files being changed
watcher.onDidCreate(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders being created
watcher.onDidDelete(uri => { ... }); // listen to files/folders getting deleted
watcher.dispose(); // dispose after usage
Workspace file watching
If you only care about file events in a specific workspace folder:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0], '**/*.js')
);
If you want to monitor file events across all opened workspace folders:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher('**/*.js');
Note: the array of workspace folders can be empty if no workspace is opened (empty window).
Out of workspace file watching
To watch a folder for changes to *.js files outside the workspace (non recursively), pass in a Uri
to such
a folder:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '*.js'));
And use a complex glob pattern to watch recursively:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.Uri.file(<path to folder outside workspace>), '**/*.js'));
Here is an example for watching the active editor for file changes:
vscode.workspace.createFileSystemWatcher(
new vscode.RelativePattern(vscode.window.activeTextEditor.document.uri, '*')
);
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
globPattern: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that controls which file events the watcher should report. |
ignoreCreateEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been created. |
ignoreChangeEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been changed. |
ignoreDeleteEvents?: boolean | Ignore when files have been deleted. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemWatcher | A new file system watcher instance. Must be disposed when no longer needed. |
findFiles (包括:GlobPattern,排除?:GlobPattern,maxResults ?:数字,令牌?:CancellationToken ):Thenable < Uri [ ]>
Find files across all workspace folders in the workspace.
Example
findFiles('**/*.js', '**/node_modules/**', 10);
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
include: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that defines the files to search for. The glob pattern will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. Use a relative pattern to restrict the search results to a workspace folder. |
exclude?: GlobPattern | A glob pattern that defines files and folders to exclude. The glob pattern
will be matched against the file paths of resulting matches relative to their workspace. When |
maxResults?: number | An upper-bound for the result. |
token?: CancellationToken | A token that can be used to signal cancellation to the underlying search engine. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uri[]> | A thenable that resolves to an array of resource identifiers. Will return no results if no workspace folders are opened. |
getConfiguration (部分?:字符串,范围?:ConfigurationScope ):WorkspaceConfiguration
Get a workspace configuration object.
When a section-identifier is provided only that part of the configuration
is returned. Dots in the section-identifier are interpreted as child-access,
like { myExt: { setting: { doIt: true }}}
and getConfiguration('myExt.setting').get('doIt') === true
.
When a scope is provided configuration confined to that scope is returned. Scope can be a resource or a language identifier or both.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section?: string | A dot-separated identifier. |
scope?: ConfigurationScope | A scope for which the configuration is asked for. |
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceConfiguration | The full configuration or a subset. |
getWorkspaceFolder ( uri : Uri ) : WorkspaceFolder | 不明确的
Returns the workspace folder that contains a given uri.
- returns
undefined
when the given uri doesn't match any workspace folder - returns the input when the given uri is a workspace folder itself
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | An uri. |
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceFolder | undefined | A workspace folder or |
openNotebookDocument ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable < NotebookDocument >
Open a notebook. Will return early if this notebook is already loaded. Otherwise the notebook is loaded and the onDidOpenNotebookDocument-event fires.
Note that the lifecycle of the returned notebook is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidCloseNotebookDocument-event can occur at any time after.
Note that opening a notebook does not show a notebook editor. This function only returns a notebook document which can be shown in a notebook editor but it can also be used for other things.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The resource to open. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookDocument> | A promise that resolves to a notebook |
openNotebookDocument (notebookType :字符串,内容?:NotebookData ):Thenable <NotebookDocument> _ _
Open an untitled notebook. The editor will prompt the user for a file path when the document is to be saved.
See also workspace.openNotebookDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | The notebook type that should be used. |
content?: NotebookData | The initial contents of the notebook. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<NotebookDocument> | A promise that resolves to a notebook. |
openTextDocument ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable < TextDocument >
Opens a document. Will return early if this document is already open. Otherwise the document is loaded and the didOpen-event fires.
The document is denoted by an Uri. Depending on the scheme the following rules apply:
file
-scheme: Open a file on disk (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path))
). Will be rejected if the file does not exist or cannot be loaded.untitled
-scheme: Open a blank untitled file with associated path (openTextDocument(Uri.file(path).with({ scheme: 'untitled' }))
). The language will be derived from the file name.- For all other schemes contributed text document content providers and file system providers are consulted.
Note that the lifecycle of the returned document is owned by the editor and not by the extension. That means an onDidClose-event can occur at any time after opening it.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Identifies the resource to open. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
openTextDocument (文件名: string ) : Thenable < TextDocument >
A short-hand for openTextDocument(Uri.file(fileName))
.
See also workspace.openTextDocument
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
fileName: string | A name of a file on disk. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
openTextDocument (选项? : {内容:字符串, 语言:字符串} ) : Thenable < TextDocument >
Opens an untitled text document. The editor will prompt the user for a file
path when the document is to be saved. The options
parameter allows to
specify the language and/or the content of the document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options?: {content: string, language: string} | Options to control how the document will be created. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<TextDocument> | A promise that resolves to a document. |
registerFileSystemProvider (方案: string ,提供者: FileSystemProvider , options ? : {isCaseSensitive: boolean , isReadonly: boolean } ) :一次性
Register a filesystem provider for a given scheme, e.g. ftp
.
There can only be one provider per scheme and an error is being thrown when a scheme has been claimed by another provider or when it is reserved.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | The uri-scheme the provider registers for. |
provider: FileSystemProvider | The filesystem provider. |
options?: {isCaseSensitive: boolean, isReadonly: boolean} | Immutable metadata about the provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerNotebookSerializer (notebookType :字符串,序列化器:NotebookSerializer,选项?:NotebookDocumentContentOptions ):一次性
Register a notebook serializer.
A notebook serializer must be contributed through the notebooks
extension point. When opening a notebook file, the editor will send
the onNotebook:<notebookType>
activation event, and extensions must register their serializer in return.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebookType: string | A notebook. |
serializer: NotebookSerializer | A notebook serializer. |
options?: NotebookDocumentContentOptions | Optional context options that define what parts of a notebook should be persisted |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this serializer when being disposed. |
registerTaskProvider (类型:字符串,提供者:TaskProvider <任务> ):一次性
Register a task provider.
- deprecated - Use the corresponding function on the
tasks
namespace instead
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
type: string | The task kind type this provider is registered for. |
provider: TaskProvider<Task> | A task provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
registerTextDocumentContentProvider (方案:字符串,提供者:TextDocumentContentProvider ):一次性
Register a text document content provider.
Only one provider can be registered per scheme.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | The uri-scheme to register for. |
provider: TextDocumentContentProvider | A content provider. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A Disposable that unregisters this provider when being disposed. |
saveAll ( includeUntitled ? : boolean ) : Thenable < boolean >
Save all dirty files.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
includeUntitled?: boolean | Also save files that have been created during this session. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A thenable that resolves when the files have been saved. Will return |
updateWorkspaceFolders ( start : number , deleteCount : number , ... workspaceFoldersToAdd : Array<{name: string , uri: Uri }> ) : boolean
This method replaces deleteCount
workspace folders starting at index start
by an optional set of workspaceFoldersToAdd
on the vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders
array. This "splice"
behavior can be used to add, remove and change workspace folders in a single operation.
Note: in some cases calling this method may result in the currently executing extensions (including the
one that called this method) to be terminated and restarted. For example when the first workspace folder is
added, removed or changed the (deprecated) rootPath
property is updated to point to the first workspace
folder. Another case is when transitioning from an empty or single-folder workspace into a multi-folder
workspace (see also: https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/editor/workspaces).
Use the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() event to get notified when the workspace folders have been updated.
Example: adding a new workspace folder at the end of workspace folders
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(workspace.workspaceFolders ? workspace.workspaceFolders.length : 0, null, { uri: ...});
Example: removing the first workspace folder
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1);
Example: replacing an existing workspace folder with a new one
workspace.updateWorkspaceFolders(0, 1, { uri: ...});
It is valid to remove an existing workspace folder and add it again with a different name to rename that folder.
Note: it is not valid to call updateWorkspaceFolders() multiple times without waiting for the onDidChangeWorkspaceFolders() to fire.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | the zero-based location in the list of currently opened workspace folders from which to start deleting workspace folders. |
deleteCount: number | the optional number of workspace folders to remove. |
...workspaceFoldersToAdd: Array<{name: string, uri: Uri}> | the optional variable set of workspace folders to add in place of the deleted ones. Each workspace is identified with a mandatory URI and an optional name. |
Returns | Description |
boolean | true if the operation was successfully started and false otherwise if arguments were used that would result in invalid workspace folder state (e.g. 2 folders with the same URI). |
无障碍信息
控制屏幕阅读器行为的辅助功能信息。
Properties
Label to be read out by a screen reader once the item has focus.
Role of the widget which defines how a screen reader interacts with it. The role should be set in special cases when for example a tree-like element behaves like a checkbox. If role is not specified the editor will pick the appropriate role automatically. More about aria roles can be found here https://w3c.github.io/aria/#widget_roles
身份验证强制新会话选项
使用flag 调用authentication.getSession时使用的可选选项forceNewSession
。
Properties
An optional message that will be displayed to the user when we ask to re-authenticate. Providing additional context as to why you are asking a user to re-authenticate can help increase the odds that they will accept.
身份验证获取会话选项
Properties
Whether the existing session preference should be cleared.
For authentication providers that support being signed into multiple accounts at once, the user will be prompted to select an account to use when getSession is called. This preference is remembered until getSession is called with this flag.
Note: The preference is extension specific. So if one extension calls getSession, it will not affect the session preference for another extension calling getSession. Additionally, the preference is set for the current workspace and also globally. This means that new workspaces will use the "global" value at first and then when this flag is provided, a new value can be set for that workspace. This also means that pre-existing workspaces will not lose their preference if a new workspace sets this flag.
Defaults to false.
Whether login should be performed if there is no matching session.
If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in. If false, a numbered badge will be shown on the accounts activity bar icon. An entry for the extension will be added under the menu to sign in. This allows quietly prompting the user to sign in.
If there is a matching session but the extension has not been granted access to it, setting this to true will also result in an immediate modal dialog, and false will add a numbered badge to the accounts icon.
Defaults to false.
Note: you cannot use this option with silent.
强制新会话?:布尔值| 身份验证强制新会话选项
Whether we should attempt to reauthenticate even if there is already a session available.
If true, a modal dialog will be shown asking the user to sign in again. This is mostly used for scenarios where the token needs to be re minted because it has lost some authorization.
If there are no existing sessions and forceNewSession is true, it will behave identically to createIfNone.
This defaults to false.
Whether we should show the indication to sign in in the Accounts menu.
If false, the user will be shown a badge on the Accounts menu with an option to sign in for the extension. If true, no indication will be shown.
Defaults to false.
Note: you cannot use this option with any other options that prompt the user like createIfNone.
认证提供者
用于对服务执行身份验证的提供者。
Events
onDidChangeSessions :事件< AuthenticationProviderAuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent >
An Event which fires when the array of sessions has changed, or data within a session has changed.
Methods
createSession (范围:只读字符串[ ] ):Thenable <AuthenticationSession> _
Prompts a user to login.
If login is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.
If login fails, a rejected promise should be returned.
If the provider has specified that it does not support multiple accounts, then this should never be called if there is already an existing session matching these scopes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scopes: readonly string[] | A list of scopes, permissions, that the new session should be created with. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<AuthenticationSession> | A promise that resolves to an authentication session. |
getSessions ( scopes ? : readonly string [] ) : Thenable <readonly AuthenticationSession []>
Get a list of sessions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scopes?: readonly string[] | An optional list of scopes. If provided, the sessions returned should match these permissions, otherwise all sessions should be returned. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<readonly AuthenticationSession[]> | A promise that resolves to an array of authentication sessions. |
removeSession ( sessionId : string ) : Thenable <void> _ _
Removes the session corresponding to session id.
If the removal is successful, the onDidChangeSessions event should be fired.
If a session cannot be removed, the provider should reject with an error message.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
sessionId: string | The id of the session to remove. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
AuthenticationProviderAuthenticationSessionsChangeEvent
添加、删除或更改AuthenticationSession时触发的事件。
Properties
添加:只读AuthenticationSession []
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been added.
更改:只读AuthenticationSession []
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been changed. A session changes when its data excluding the id are updated. An example of this is a session refresh that results in a new access token being set for the session.
删除:只读AuthenticationSession []
The AuthenticationSessions of the AuthenticationProvider that have been removed.
身份验证提供者信息
Properties
The unique identifier of the authentication provider.
The human-readable name of the authentication provider.
身份验证提供者选项
用于创建AuthenticationProvider 的选项。
Properties
Whether it is possible to be signed into multiple accounts at once with this provider. If not specified, will default to false.
认证会话
代表当前登录用户的会话。
Properties
The access token.
帐户:身份验证会话帐户信息
The account associated with the session.
The identifier of the authentication session.
The permissions granted by the session's access token. Available scopes are defined by the AuthenticationProvider.
身份验证会话帐户信息
与AuthenticationSession关联的帐户信息。
Properties
The unique identifier of the account.
The human-readable name of the account.
身份验证会话更改事件
添加、删除或更改AuthenticationSession时触发的事件。
Properties
提供者:身份验证提供者信息
The AuthenticationProvider that has had its sessions change.
自动关闭配对
描述字符串对,在键入开始字符串时将自动插入结束字符串。
Properties
The closing string that will be automatically inserted when typing the opening string.
不在?:语法令牌类型[]
A set of tokens where the pair should not be auto closed.
The string that will trigger the automatic insertion of the closing string.
断点
所有断点类型的基类。
Constructors
新断点(启用?:布尔值,条件?:字符串,hitCondition ?:字符串,logMessage ?:字符串):断点
Creates a new breakpoint
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
enabled?: boolean | Is breakpoint enabled. |
condition?: string | Expression for conditional breakpoints |
hitCondition?: string | Expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored |
logMessage?: string | Log message to display when breakpoint is hit |
Returns | Description |
Breakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
断点更改事件
描述断点集更改的事件。
Properties
添加:只读断点[]
Added breakpoints.
更改:只读断点[]
Changed breakpoints.
已删除:只读断点[]
Removed breakpoints.
呼叫层次结构来电
表示传入调用,例如方法或构造函数的调用者。
Constructors
new CallHierarchyIncomingCall ( item : CallHierarchyItem , fromRanges : Range [] ) : CallHierarchyIncomingCall
Create a new call object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The item making the call. |
fromRanges: Range[] | The ranges at which the calls appear. |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyIncomingCall |
Properties
The item that makes the call.
fromRanges :范围[]
The range at which at which the calls appears. This is relative to the caller denoted by this.from.
调用层次结构项
表示调用层次结构上下文中的函数或构造函数等编程结构。
Constructors
new CallHierarchyItem (种类:SymbolKind,名称:字符串,详细信息:字符串,uri :Uri,范围:范围,selectionRange :范围):CallHierarchyItem
Creates a new call hierarchy item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: SymbolKind | |
name: string | |
detail: string | |
uri: Uri | |
range: Range | |
selectionRange: Range | |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyItem |
Properties
More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.
种类:符号种类
The kind of this item.
The name of this item.
范围:范围
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
选择范围:范围
The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.
标签?:只读已弃用[]
Tags for this item.
乌里:乌里
The resource identifier of this item.
呼叫层次结构拨出呼叫
表示传出调用,例如从方法中调用 getter 或从构造函数中调用方法等。
Constructors
new CallHierarchyOutgoingCall ( item : CallHierarchyItem , fromRanges : Range [] ) : CallHierarchyOutgoingCall
Create a new call object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The item being called |
fromRanges: Range[] | The ranges at which the calls appear. |
Returns | Description |
CallHierarchyOutgoingCall |
Properties
fromRanges :范围[]
The range at which this item is called. This is the range relative to the caller, e.g the item passed to provideCallHierarchyOutgoingCalls and not this.to.
The item that is called.
调用层次提供者
调用层次结构提供程序接口描述了扩展和调用层次结构功能之间的契约,该功能允许浏览函数、方法、构造函数等的调用和调用者。
Methods
准备CallHierarchy (文档:TextDocument,位置:位置,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < CallHierarchyItem | 调用HierarchyItem []>
Bootstraps call hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document
and position. This item will be used as entry into the call graph. Providers should
return undefined
or null
when there is no item at the given location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyItem | CallHierarchyItem[]> | One or multiple call hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
提供CallHierarchyIncomingCalls (项目:CallHierarchyItem,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < CallHierarchyIncomingCall []>
Provide all incoming calls for an item, e.g all callers for a method. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which incoming calls should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyIncomingCall[]> | A set of incoming calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
提供CallHierarchyOutgoingCalls (项目:CallHierarchyItem,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < CallHierarchyOutgoingCall []>
Provide all outgoing calls for an item, e.g call calls to functions, methods, or constructors from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the call graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: CallHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which outgoing calls should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CallHierarchyOutgoingCall[]> | A set of outgoing calls or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
取消错误
应用于表示操作取消的错误类型。
此类型可用于响应取消令牌 被取消或当操作被该操作的执行者取消时。
Constructors
新的 CancellationError ( ) : CancellationError
Creates a new cancellation error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
CancellationError |
取消令牌
取消令牌被传递到异步或长时间运行的操作以请求取消,例如因为用户继续键入而取消对完成项的请求。
要获取 a 的实例,CancellationToken
请使用
CancellationTokenSource。
Properties
Is true
when the token has been cancelled, false
otherwise.
onCancellationRequested :事件<任何>
An Event which fires upon cancellation.
取消令牌源
取消源创建并控制取消令牌。
Constructors
新的 CancellationTokenSource ( ) : CancellationTokenSource
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
CancellationTokenSource |
Properties
令牌:取消令牌
The cancellation token of this source.
Methods
Signal cancellation on the token.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
字符对
两个字符的元组,就像一对左括号和右括号。
剪贴板
剪贴板提供对系统剪贴板的读写访问。
Methods
readText ( ) :Thenable <字符串>
Read the current clipboard contents as text.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string> | A thenable that resolves to a string. |
writeText (值:字符串):Thenable <void> _ _
Writes text into the clipboard.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when writing happened. |
代码动作
Constructors
新的CodeAction (标题:字符串,种类?:CodeActionKind ):CodeAction
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
title: string | The title of the code action. |
kind?: CodeActionKind | The kind of the code action. |
Returns | Description |
CodeAction |
Properties
命令?:命令
A Command this code action executes.
If this command throws an exception, the editor displays the exception message to users in the editor at the current cursor position.
诊断?:诊断[]
Diagnostics that this code action resolves.
Marks that the code action cannot currently be applied.
Disabled code actions are not shown in automatic lightbulb code action menu.
Disabled actions are shown as faded out in the code action menu when the user request a more specific type of code action, such as refactorings.
If the user has a keybinding that auto applies a code action and only a disabled code actions are returned, the editor will show the user an error message with
reason
in the editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
reason: string | Human readable description of why the code action is currently disabled. This is displayed in the code actions UI. |
编辑?:工作区编辑
A workspace edit this code action performs.
Marks this as a preferred action. Preferred actions are used by the auto fix
command and can be targeted
by keybindings.
A quick fix should be marked preferred if it properly addresses the underlying error. A refactoring should be marked preferred if it is the most reasonable choice of actions to take.
善良?:代码动作种类
Kind of the code action.
Used to filter code actions.
A short, human-readable, title for this code action.
代码动作上下文
包含有关运行代码操作的上下文的附加诊断信息。
Properties
诊断:只读诊断[]
An array of diagnostics.
Requested kind of actions to return.
Actions not of this kind are filtered out before being shown by the lightbulb.
触发种类:代码动作触发种类
The reason why code actions were requested.
代码动作种类
一种代码操作。
种类是由 分隔的标识符的分层列表.
,例如"refactor.extract.function"
。
代码操作类型由编辑器用于 UI 元素,例如重构上下文菜单。用户还可以使用命令触发特定类型的代码操作editor.action.codeAction
。
Static
Empty kind.
笔记本:CodeActionKind
Base kind for all code actions applying to the enitre notebook's scope. CodeActionKinds using
this should always begin with notebook.
This requires that new CodeActions be created for it and contributed via extensions.
Pre-existing kinds can not just have the new notebook.
prefix added to them, as the functionality
is unique to the full-notebook scope.
Notebook CodeActionKinds can be initialized as either of the following (both resulting in notebook.source.xyz
):
const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append(CodeActionKind.Source.append('xyz').value)
const newKind = CodeActionKind.Notebook.append('source.xyz')
Example Kinds/Actions:
notebook.source.organizeImports
(might move all imports to a new top cell)notebook.source.normalizeVariableNames
(might rename all variables to a standardized casing format)
快速修复:CodeActionKind
Base kind for quickfix actions: quickfix
.
Quick fix actions address a problem in the code and are shown in the normal code action context menu.
Base kind for refactoring actions: refactor
Refactoring actions are shown in the refactoring context menu.
重构提取:CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring extraction actions: refactor.extract
Example extract actions:
- Extract method
- Extract function
- Extract variable
- Extract interface from class
- ...
重构内联:CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring inline actions: refactor.inline
Example inline actions:
- Inline function
- Inline variable
- Inline constant
- ...
RefactorMove :CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring move actions: refactor.move
Example move actions:
- Move a function to a new file
- Move a property between classes
- Move method to base class
- ...
重构重写:CodeActionKind
Base kind for refactoring rewrite actions: refactor.rewrite
Example rewrite actions:
- Convert JavaScript function to class
- Add or remove parameter
- Encapsulate field
- Make method static
- ...
Base kind for source actions: source
Source code actions apply to the entire file. They must be explicitly requested and will not show in the
normal lightbulb menu. Source actions
can be run on save using editor.codeActionsOnSave
and are also shown in the source
context menu.
SourceFixAll : CodeActionKind
Base kind for auto-fix source actions: source.fixAll
.
Fix all actions automatically fix errors that have a clear fix that do not require user input. They should not suppress errors or perform unsafe fixes such as generating new types or classes.
SourceOrganizeImports :CodeActionKind
Base kind for an organize imports source action: source.organizeImports
.
Constructors
新的CodeActionKind (值:字符串):CodeActionKind
Private constructor, use statix CodeActionKind.XYZ
to derive from an existing code action kind.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The value of the kind, such as |
Returns | Description |
CodeActionKind |
Properties
String value of the kind, e.g. "refactor.extract.function"
.
Methods
附加(零件:字符串):CodeActionKind
Create a new kind by appending a more specific selector to the current kind.
Does not modify the current kind.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
parts: string | |
Returns | Description |
CodeActionKind |
包含(其他:CodeActionKind ):布尔值
Checks if other
is a sub-kind of this CodeActionKind
.
The kind "refactor.extract"
for example contains "refactor.extract"
and ``"refactor.extract.function", but not
"unicorn.refactor.extract", or
"refactor.extractAll"or
refactor`.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: CodeActionKind | Kind to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
相交(其他:CodeActionKind ):布尔值
Checks if this code action kind intersects other
.
The kind "refactor.extract"
for example intersects refactor
, "refactor.extract"
and ``"refactor.extract.function", but not
"unicorn.refactor.extract", or
"refactor.extractAll"`.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: CodeActionKind | Kind to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
代码操作提供者<T>
为代码提供上下文操作。代码操作通常要么修复问题,要么美化/重构代码。
代码操作以几种不同的方式呈现给用户:
Methods
ProvideCodeActions (文档:TextDocument,范围:Range | Selection,上下文:CodeActionContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <Array< Command | 吨>>
Get code actions for a given range in a document.
Only return code actions that are relevant to user for the requested range. Also keep in mind how the
returned code actions will appear in the UI. The lightbulb widget and Refactor
commands for instance show
returned code actions as a list, so do not return a large number of code actions that will overwhelm the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | Selection | The selector or range for which the command was invoked. This will always be a selection if the actions are being requested in the currently active editor. |
context: CodeActionContext | Provides additional information about what code actions are being requested. You can use this to see what specific type of code actions are being requested by the editor in order to return more relevant actions and avoid returning irrelevant code actions that the editor will discard. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Array<Command | T>> | An array of code actions, such as quick fixes or refactorings. The lack of a result can be signaled
by returning We also support returning |
解析代码操作(代码操作:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T>
Given a code action fill in its edit-property. Changes to all other properties, like title, are ignored. A code action that has an edit will not be resolved.
Note that a code action provider that returns commands, not code actions, cannot successfully implement this function. Returning commands is deprecated and instead code actions should be returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
codeAction: T | A code action. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved code action or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given
|
代码操作提供者元数据
有关CodeActionProvider提供的代码操作类型的元数据。
Properties
文档?: ReadonlyArray<{命令:命令,种类:CodeActionKind }>
Static documentation for a class of code actions.
Documentation from the provider is shown in the code actions menu if either:
Code actions of
kind
are requested by the editor. In this case, the editor will show the documentation that most closely matches the requested code action kind. For example, if a provider has documentation for bothRefactor
andRefactorExtract
, when the user requests code actions forRefactorExtract
, the editor will use the documentation forRefactorExtract
instead of the documentation forRefactor
.Any code actions of
kind
are returned by the provider.
At most one documentation entry will be shown per provider.
提供的CodeActionKinds ?:只读CodeActionKind []
List of CodeActionKinds that a CodeActionProvider may return.
This list is used to determine if a given CodeActionProvider
should be invoked or not.
To avoid unnecessary computation, every CodeActionProvider
should list use providedCodeActionKinds
. The
list of kinds may either be generic, such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor]
, or list out every kind provided,
such as [CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('function'), CodeActionKind.Refactor.Extract.append('constant'), ...]
.
代码动作触发器种类
请求代码操作的原因。
Enumeration Members
调用:1
Code actions were explicitly requested by the user or by an extension.
自动:2
Code actions were requested automatically.
This typically happens when current selection in a file changes, but can also be triggered when file content changes.
代码透镜
Constructors
新的CodeLens (范围:范围,命令?:命令):CodeLens
Creates a new code lens object.
Properties
命令?:命令
The command this code lens represents.
true
when there is a command associated.
范围:范围
The range in which this code lens is valid. Should only span a single line.
CodeLensProvider<T>
代码镜头提供商将命令添加到源文本中。命令将显示为源文本之间的专用水平线。
Events
onDidChangeCodeLenses ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that the code lenses from this provider have changed.
Methods
ProvideCodeLenses (文档: TextDocument ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < T []>
Compute a list of lenses. This call should return as fast as possible and if computing the commands is expensive implementors should only return code lens objects with the range set and implement resolve.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of code lenses or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
解析代码透镜(代码透镜:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T>
This function will be called for each visible code lens, usually when scrolling and after calls to compute-lenses.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
codeLens: T | Code lens that must be resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The given, resolved code lens or thenable that resolves to such. |
颜色
表示 RGBA 空间中的颜色。
Constructors
新颜色(红色:数字,绿色:数字,蓝色:数字,alpha :数字):颜色
Creates a new color instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
red: number | The red component. |
green: number | The green component. |
blue: number | The blue component. |
alpha: number | The alpha component. |
Returns | Description |
Color |
Properties
The alpha component of this color in the range [0-1].
The blue component of this color in the range [0-1].
The green component of this color in the range [0-1].
The red component of this color in the range [0-1].
颜色信息
表示文档中的颜色范围。
Constructors
新的 ColorInformation (范围:范围,颜色:颜色):ColorInformation
Creates a new color range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the color appears in. Must not be empty. |
color: Color | The value of the color. |
Returns | Description |
ColorInformation |
Properties
颜色:颜色
The actual color value for this color range.
范围:范围
The range in the document where this color appears.
色彩表现
颜色表示对象描述了颜色应如何表示为文本以及需要进行哪些编辑才能从源代码引用它。
Red
对于某些语言,一种颜色可以有多种表示形式,例如 css 可以用常量、十六进制值#ff0000
或 rgba 和 hsla 形式表示红色。在 csharp 中,其他表示也适用,例如System.Drawing.Color.Red
。
Constructors
新的 ColorPresentation (标签: string ) : ColorPresentation
Creates a new color presentation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | The label of this color presentation. |
Returns | Description |
ColorPresentation |
Properties
附加文本编辑?:文本编辑[]
An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this color presentation. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.
The label of this color presentation. It will be shown on the color picker header. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this color presentation.
文本编辑? :文本编辑
颜色主题
代表颜色主题。
Properties
种类:颜色主题种类
The kind of this color theme: light, dark, high contrast dark and high contrast light.
颜色主题种类
代表颜色主题类型。
Enumeration Members
光:1
A light color theme.
深色:2
A dark color theme.
高对比度:3
A dark high contrast color theme.
高对比度光:4
A light high contrast color theme.
命令
表示对命令的引用。提供一个标题,该标题将用于表示 UI 中的命令,并且可以选择提供一个参数数组,该数组将在调用时传递给命令处理程序函数。
Properties
Arguments that the command handler should be invoked with.
The identifier of the actual command handler.
See also commands.registerCommand
Title of the command, like save
.
A tooltip for the command, when represented in the UI.
评论
评论会显示在编辑器或评论面板中,具体取决于其提供方式。
Properties
作者:评论作者信息
The author information of the comment
正文:字符串| 降价字符串
The human-readable comment body
Context value of the comment. This can be used to contribute comment specific actions.
For example, a comment is given a context value as editable
. When contributing actions to comments/comment/title
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key comment
in when
expression like comment == editable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"comments/comment/title": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteComment",
"when": "comment == editable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteComment
only for comments with contextValue
is editable
.
Optional label describing the Comment Label will be rendered next to authorName if exists.
模式:评论模式
Comment mode of the comment
反应?:评论反应[]
Optional reactions of the Comment
Optional timestamp that will be displayed in comments. The date will be formatted according to the user's locale and settings.
评论作者信息
评论的作者信息
Properties
图标路径?:乌里
The optional icon path for the author
The display name of the author of the comment
评论控制器
评论控制器能够为编辑者提供评论支持,并为用户提供多种与评论交互的方式。
Properties
评论范围提供者?:评论范围提供者
Optional commenting range provider. Provide a list ranges which support commenting to any given resource uri.
If not provided, users cannot leave any comments.
The id of this comment controller.
The human-readable label of this comment controller.
选项?:评论选项
Comment controller options
反应处理程序? : (评论: Comment , 反应: CommentReaction ) => Thenable < void >
Optional reaction handler for creating and deleting reactions on a Comment.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
comment: Comment | |
reaction: CommentReaction | |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
Methods
createCommentThread ( uri : Uri , range : Range , comments :只读Comment [] ) : CommentThread
Create a comment thread. The comment thread will be displayed in visible text editors (if the resource matches) and Comments Panel once created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the document the thread has been created on. |
range: Range | The range the comment thread is located within the document. |
comments: readonly Comment[] | The ordered comments of the thread. |
Returns | Description |
CommentThread |
Dispose this comment controller.
Once disposed, all comment threads created by this comment controller will also be removed from the editor and Comments Panel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
评论范围提供者
评论控制器的评论范围提供者。
Methods
ProvideCommentingRanges (文档:TextDocument,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <范围[]>
Provide a list of ranges which allow new comment threads creation or null for a given document
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Range[]> |
评论模式
评论的评论模式
Enumeration Members
编辑:0
Displays the comment editor
预览:1
Displays the preview of the comment
评论选项
Properties
An optional string to show as placeholder in the comment input box when it's focused.
An optional string to show on the comment input box when it's collapsed.
评论反应
评论的反应
Properties
Whether the author of the comment has reacted to this reaction
The number of users who have reacted to this reaction
图标路径:字符串| 乌里
Icon for the reaction shown in UI.
The human-readable label for the reaction
评论回复
中注册的操作的命令参数comments/commentThread/context
。
Properties
The value in the comment editor
主题:评论主题
The active comment thread
评论规则
描述一种语言的注释如何工作。
Properties
块评论?:字符对
The block comment character pair, like /* block comment */
The line comment token, like // this is a comment
评论主题
表示文档中特定范围内的对话的注释集合。
Properties
Whether the thread supports reply. Defaults to true.
collapsibleState : CommentThreadCollapsibleState
Whether the thread should be collapsed or expanded when opening the document. Defaults to Collapsed.
评论:只读评论[]
The ordered comments of the thread.
Context value of the comment thread. This can be used to contribute thread specific actions.
For example, a comment thread is given a context value as editable
. When contributing actions to comments/commentThread/title
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key commentThread
in when
expression like commentThread == editable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"comments/commentThread/title": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
"when": "commentThread == editable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteCommentThread
only for comment threads with contextValue
is editable
.
The optional human-readable label describing the Comment Thread
范围:范围
The range the comment thread is located within the document. The thread icon will be shown at the last line of the range.
状态?:评论线程状态
The optional state of a comment thread, which may affect how the comment is displayed.
乌里:乌里
The uri of the document the thread has been created on.
Methods
Dispose this comment thread.
Once disposed, this comment thread will be removed from visible editors and Comment Panel when appropriate.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
评论线程可折叠状态
评论线程的可折叠状态
Enumeration Members
折叠: 0
Determines an item is collapsed
扩展:1
Determines an item is expanded
评论线程状态
评论线程的状态。
Enumeration Members
未解决:0
Unresolved thread state
已解决:1
Resolved thread state
完成上下文
包含有关触发完成提供程序的上下文的附加信息 。
Properties
Character that triggered the completion item provider.
undefined
if the provider was not triggered by a character.
The trigger character is already in the document when the completion provider is triggered.
触发种类:完成触发种类
How the completion was triggered.
完成项目
完成项表示建议用于完成正在键入的文本的文本片段。
仅从标签创建完成项就足够了。在这种情况下,完成项将替换单词 ,直到光标带有给定的标签或insertText。否则使用给定的编辑。
在编辑器中选择完成项目时,其定义或合成的文本编辑将应用于所有光标/选择,而附加文本编辑将按提供的方式应用。
也可以看看
Constructors
新的CompletionItem (标签:字符串| CompletionItemLabel,种类?:CompletionItemKind ):CompletionItem
Creates a new completion item.
Completion items must have at least a label which then will be used as insert text as well as for sorting and filtering.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | CompletionItemLabel | The label of the completion. |
kind?: CompletionItemKind | The kind of the completion. |
Returns | Description |
CompletionItem |
Properties
附加文本编辑?:文本编辑[]
An optional array of additional text edits that are applied when selecting this completion. Edits must not overlap with the main edit nor with themselves.
命令?:命令
An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion. Note that additional modifications to the current document should be described with the additionalTextEdits-property.
An optional set of characters that when pressed while this completion is active will accept it first and
then type that character. Note that all commit characters should have length=1
and that superfluous
characters will be ignored.
A human-readable string with additional information about this item, like type or symbol information.
文档?:字符串| 降价字符串
A human-readable string that represents a doc-comment.
插入文本?:字符串| 片段字符串
A string or snippet that should be inserted in a document when selecting
this completion. When falsy
the label
is used.
Keep whitespace of the insertText as is. By default, the editor adjusts leading
whitespace of new lines so that they match the indentation of the line for which the item is accepted - setting
this to true
will prevent that.
善良?:完成项目种类
The kind of this completion item. Based on the kind an icon is chosen by the editor.
标签:字符串| 完成项目标签
The label of this completion item. By default this is also the text that is inserted when selecting this completion.
Select this item when showing. Note that only one completion item can be selected and that the editor decides which item that is. The rule is that the first item of those that match best is selected.
A range or a insert and replace range selecting the text that should be replaced by this completion item.
When omitted, the range of the current word is used as replace-range and as insert-range the start of the current word to the current position is used.
Note 1: A range must be a single line and it must contain the position at which completion has been requested. Note 2: A insert range must be a prefix of a replace range, that means it must be contained and starting at the same position.
A string that should be used when comparing this item
with other items. When falsy
the label
is used.
Note that sortText
is only used for the initial ordering of completion
items. When having a leading word (prefix) ordering is based on how
well completions match that prefix and the initial ordering is only used
when completions match equally well. The prefix is defined by the
range-property and can therefore be different
for each completion.
标签?:只读已弃用[]
Tags for this completion item.
文本编辑? :文本编辑
- deprecated - Use
CompletionItem.insertText
andCompletionItem.range
instead.
An edit which is applied to a document when selecting this completion. When an edit is provided the value of insertText is ignored.
The Range of the edit must be single-line and on the same line completions were requested at.
完成项目种类
完成项目种类。
Enumeration Members
文字:0
The Text
completion item kind.
方法:1
The Method
completion item kind.
功能:2
The Function
completion item kind.
构造函数:3
The Constructor
completion item kind.
场数:4
The Field
completion item kind.
变量:5
The Variable
completion item kind.
班级:6
The Class
completion item kind.
接口:7
The Interface
completion item kind.
模块:8
The Module
completion item kind.
房产:9
The Property
completion item kind.
单位:10
The Unit
completion item kind.
值:11
The Value
completion item kind.
枚举:12
The Enum
completion item kind.
关键字: 13
The Keyword
completion item kind.
片段:14
The Snippet
completion item kind.
颜色:15
The Color
completion item kind.
文件:16
The File
completion item kind.
参考:17
The Reference
completion item kind.
文件夹:18
The Folder
completion item kind.
枚举成员:19
The EnumMember
completion item kind.
常数:20
The Constant
completion item kind.
结构:21
The Struct
completion item kind.
活动:22
The Event
completion item kind.
操作员:23
The Operator
completion item kind.
类型参数:24
The TypeParameter
completion item kind.
用户:25
The User
completion item kind.
问题:26
The Issue
completion item kind.
完成项目标签
完成项目的结构化标签。
Properties
An optional string which is rendered less prominently after CompletionItemLabel.detail. Should be used for fully qualified names or file path.
An optional string which is rendered less prominently directly after label, without any spacing. Should be used for function signatures or type annotations.
The label of this completion item.
By default this is also the text that is inserted when this completion is selected.
完成项目提供者<T>
完成项提供程序接口定义扩展和IntelliSense之间的契约 。
提供者可以通过实现
resolveCompletionItem函数来延迟详细信息
和文档属性的计算。但是,初始排序和过滤所需的属性(例如、、和)在解析期间不得更改。sortText
filterText
insertText
range
提供者被要求通过用户手势显式地完成,或者在键入单词或触发字符时隐式地要求完成(取决于配置)。
Methods
ProvideCompletionItems (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置,令牌: CancellationToken ,上下文: CompletionContext ) : ProviderResult < CompletionList < T > | T []>
Provide completion items for the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
context: CompletionContext | How the completion was triggered. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<CompletionList<T> | T[]> | An array of completions, a completion list, or a thenable that resolves to either.
The lack of a result can be signaled by returning |
solveCompletionItem (项目:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T> _ _
Given a completion item fill in more data, like doc-comment or details.
The editor will only resolve a completion item once.
Note that this function is called when completion items are already showing in the UI or when an item has been selected for insertion. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, sorting, filtering etc) or the (primary) insert behaviour (insertText) can be changed.
This function may fill in additionalTextEdits. However, that means an item might be inserted before resolving is done and in that case the editor will do a best effort to still apply those additional text edits.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: T | A completion item currently active in the UI. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved completion item or a thenable that resolves to of such. It is OK to return the given
|
完成项目标签
完成项目标签是调整完成项目渲染的额外注释。
Enumeration Members
已弃用:1
Render a completion as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.
完成列表<T>
表示要在编辑器中呈现的完成项目的集合。
Constructors
new CompletionList < T extends CompletionItem > ( items ? : T [], isIncomplete ? : boolean ) : CompletionList < T >
Creates a new completion list.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items?: T[] | The completion items. |
isIncomplete?: boolean | The list is not complete. |
Returns | Description |
CompletionList<T> |
Properties
This list is not complete. Further typing should result in recomputing this list.
项目:T []
The completion items.
完成触发类型
如何触发完成提供程序
Enumeration Members
调用:0
Completion was triggered normally.
触发字符:1
Completion was triggered by a trigger character.
触发不完整完成:2
Completion was re-triggered as current completion list is incomplete
配置更改事件
描述配置更改的事件
Methods
影响配置(部分:字符串,范围?:配置范围):布尔值
Checks if the given section has changed. If scope is provided, checks if the section has changed for resources under the given scope.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
scope?: ConfigurationScope | A scope in which to check. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
配置范围
配置范围可以是“resource”或 languageId 或两者,或者“ TextDocument ”或“ WorkspaceFolder ”
配置范围:Uri | 文本文档| 工作区文件夹| {语言 ID:字符串,uri:Uri }
配置目标
配置目标
Enumeration Members
全球:1
Global configuration
工作空间:2
Workspace configuration
工作区文件夹:3
Workspace folder configuration
定制文件
表示CustomEditorProvider使用的自定义文档。
自定义文档仅在给定的范围内使用CustomEditorProvider
。a 的生命周期CustomDocument
由编辑器管理。当不再有对 a 的引用时CustomDocument
,它就会被丢弃。
Properties
乌里:乌里
The associated uri for this document.
Methods
Dispose of the custom document.
This is invoked by the editor when there are no more references to a given CustomDocument
(for example when
all editors associated with the document have been closed.)
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
自定义文档备份
CustomDocument的备份。
Properties
Unique identifier for the backup.
This id is passed back to your extension in openCustomDocument
when opening a custom editor from a backup.
Methods
Delete the current backup.
This is called by the editor when it is clear the current backup is no longer needed, such as when a new backup is made or when the file is saved.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
自定义文档备份上下文
用于实现CustomDocumentBackup 的附加信息。
Properties
目的地:乌里
Suggested file location to write the new backup.
Note that your extension is free to ignore this and use its own strategy for backup.
If the editor is for a resource from the current workspace, destination
will point to a file inside
ExtensionContext.storagePath
. The parent folder of destination
may not exist, so make sure to created it
before writing the backup to this location.
自定义文档内容更改事件<T>
Properties
文件:T
The document that the change is for.
自定义文档编辑事件<T>
Properties
文件:T
The document that the edit is for.
Display name describing the edit.
This will be shown to users in the UI for undo/redo operations.
Methods
重做():无效| 然后可<无效>
Redo the edit operation.
This is invoked by the editor when the user redoes this edit. To implement redo
, your
extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just after this
edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by onDidChangeCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
撤消():无效| 然后可<无效>
Undo the edit operation.
This is invoked by the editor when the user undoes this edit. To implement undo
, your
extension should restore the document and editor to the state they were in just before this
edit was added to the editor's internal edit stack by onDidChangeCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
自定义文档打开上下文
有关打开自定义文档的附加信息。
Properties
The id of the backup to restore the document from or undefined
if there is no backup.
If this is provided, your extension should restore the editor from the backup instead of reading the file from the user's workspace.
If the URI is an untitled file, this will be populated with the byte data of that file
If this is provided, your extension should utilize this byte data rather than executing fs APIs on the URI passed in
自定义编辑器提供者<T>
使用自定义文档模型的可编辑自定义编辑器的提供程序。
自定义编辑器使用CustomDocument作为文档模型而不是TextDocument。这使扩展程序可以完全控制编辑、保存和备份等操作。
在处理二进制文件或更复杂的场景时,您应该使用这种类型的自定义编辑器。对于基于简单文本的文档,请改用CustomTextEditorProvider。
Events
onDidChangeCustomDocument :事件< CustomDocumentEditEvent < T >> | 事件< CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent <T> > _
Signal that an edit has occurred inside a custom editor.
This event must be fired by your extension whenever an edit happens in a custom editor. An edit can be anything from changing some text, to cropping an image, to reordering a list. Your extension is free to define what an edit is and what data is stored on each edit.
Firing onDidChange
causes the editors to be marked as being dirty. This is cleared when the user either
saves or reverts the file.
Editors that support undo/redo must fire a CustomDocumentEditEvent
whenever an edit happens. This allows
users to undo and redo the edit using the editor's standard keyboard shortcuts. The editor will also mark
the editor as no longer being dirty if the user undoes all edits to the last saved state.
Editors that support editing but cannot use the editor's standard undo/redo mechanism must fire a CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent
.
The only way for a user to clear the dirty state of an editor that does not support undo/redo is to either
save
or revert
the file.
An editor should only ever fire CustomDocumentEditEvent
events, or only ever fire CustomDocumentContentChangeEvent
events.
Methods
backupCustomDocument (文档:T,上下文:CustomDocumentBackupContext,取消:CancellationToken ):Thenable <CustomDocumentBackup> _ _
Back up a dirty custom document.
Backups are used for hot exit and to prevent data loss. Your backup
method should persist the resource in
its current state, i.e. with the edits applied. Most commonly this means saving the resource to disk in
the ExtensionContext.storagePath
. When the editor reloads and your custom editor is opened for a resource,
your extension should first check to see if any backups exist for the resource. If there is a backup, your
extension should load the file contents from there instead of from the resource in the workspace.
backup
is triggered approximately one second after the user stops editing the document. If the user
rapidly edits the document, backup
will not be invoked until the editing stops.
backup
is not invoked when auto save
is enabled (since auto save already persists the resource).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to backup. |
context: CustomDocumentBackupContext | Information that can be used to backup the document. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the current backup since a new backup is coming in. It is up to your extension to decided how to respond to cancellation. If for example your extension is backing up a large file in an operation that takes time to complete, your extension may decide to finish the ongoing backup rather than cancelling it to ensure that the editor has some valid backup. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<CustomDocumentBackup> |
openCustomDocument (uri :Uri,openContext :CustomDocumentOpenContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):T | 则可<T> _ _
Create a new document for a given resource.
openCustomDocument
is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened
document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor
so that the editor can be shown to the user.
Already opened CustomDocument
are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a
given resource are closed, the CustomDocument
is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will
trigger another call to openCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the document to open. |
openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext | Additional information about the opening custom document. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
T | Thenable<T> | The custom document. |
解决自定义编辑器(文档:T,webviewPanel :WebviewPanel,令牌:CancellationToken ):无效| 然后可<无效>
Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.
This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document for the resource being resolved. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
revertCustomDocument (文档:T,取消:CancellationToken ):Thenable <void> _ _
Revert a custom document to its last saved state.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers File: Revert File
in a custom editor. (Note that
this is only used using the editor's File: Revert File
command and not on a git revert
of the file).
To implement revert
, the implementer must make sure all editor instances (webviews) for document
are displaying the document in the same state is saved in. This usually means reloading the file from the
workspace.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to revert. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the revert is no longer required. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that the change has completed. |
saveCustomDocument (文档:T,取消:CancellationToken ):Thenable <void> _ _
Save a custom document.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user saves a custom editor. This can happen when the user
triggers save while the custom editor is active, by commands such as save all
, or by auto save if enabled.
To implement save
, the implementer must persist the custom editor. This usually means writing the
file data for the custom document to disk. After save
completes, any associated editor instances will
no longer be marked as dirty.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to save. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the save is no longer required (for example, if another save was triggered). |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that saving has completed. |
saveCustomDocumentAs (文档:T,目的地:Uri,取消:CancellationToken ):Thenable <void> _ _
Save a custom document to a different location.
This method is invoked by the editor when the user triggers 'save as' on a custom editor. The implementer must
persist the custom editor to destination
.
When the user accepts save as, the current editor is be replaced by an non-dirty editor for the newly saved file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document to save. |
destination: Uri | Location to save to. |
cancellation: CancellationToken | Token that signals the save is no longer required. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable signaling that saving has completed. |
定制执行
用于将扩展回调作为任务执行的类。
Constructors
新的 CustomExecution (回调: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition ) => Thenable <伪终端> ) : CustomExecution
Constructs a CustomExecution task object. The callback will be executed when the task is run, at which point the extension should return the Pseudoterminal it will "run in". The task should wait to do further execution until Pseudoterminal.open is called. Task cancellation should be handled using Pseudoterminal.close. When the task is complete fire Pseudoterminal.onDidClose.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (resolvedDefinition: TaskDefinition) => Thenable<Pseudoterminal> | The callback that will be called when the task is started by a user. Any ${} style variables that
were in the task definition will be resolved and passed into the callback as |
Returns | Description |
CustomExecution |
CustomReadonlyEditorProvider<T>
使用自定义文档模型的只读自定义编辑器的提供程序。
自定义编辑器使用CustomDocument作为文档模型而不是TextDocument。
在处理二进制文件或更复杂的场景时,您应该使用这种类型的自定义编辑器。对于基于简单文本的文档,请改用CustomTextEditorProvider。
Methods
openCustomDocument (uri :Uri,openContext :CustomDocumentOpenContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):T | 则可<T> _ _
Create a new document for a given resource.
openCustomDocument
is called when the first time an editor for a given resource is opened. The opened
document is then passed to resolveCustomEditor
so that the editor can be shown to the user.
Already opened CustomDocument
are re-used if the user opened additional editors. When all editors for a
given resource are closed, the CustomDocument
is disposed of. Opening an editor at this point will
trigger another call to openCustomDocument
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the document to open. |
openContext: CustomDocumentOpenContext | Additional information about the opening custom document. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
T | Thenable<T> | The custom document. |
解决自定义编辑器(文档:T,webviewPanel :WebviewPanel,令牌:CancellationToken ):无效| 然后可<无效>
Resolve a custom editor for a given resource.
This is called whenever the user opens a new editor for this CustomEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: T | Document for the resource being resolved. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
自定义文本编辑器提供者
基于文本的自定义编辑器的提供者。
基于文本的自定义编辑器使用TextDocument作为其数据模型。这大大简化了自定义编辑器的实现,因为它允许编辑器处理许多常见操作,例如撤消和备份。提供者负责同步 webview 和TextDocument
.
Methods
解析自定义文本编辑器(文档:TextDocument,webviewPanel :WebviewPanel,令牌:CancellationToken ):void | 然后可<无效>
Resolve a custom editor for a given text resource.
This is called when a user first opens a resource for a CustomTextEditorProvider
, or if they reopen an
existing editor using this CustomTextEditorProvider
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | Document for the resource to resolve. |
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | The webview panel used to display the editor UI for this resource. During resolve, the provider must fill in the initial html for the content webview panel and hook up all
the event listeners on it that it is interested in. The provider can also hold onto the |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Thenable indicating that the custom editor has been resolved. |
数据传输
包含相应传输数据的 MIME 类型映射的映射。
实现的拖放控制器handleDrag
可以向数据传输添加额外的 mime 类型。handleDrop
仅当从同一拖放控制器中的元素发起拖动时,才会包含这些附加的 mime 类型。
Constructors
新的数据传输():数据传输
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
DataTransfer |
Methods
[迭代器] ( ) : IterableIterator <[mimeType: string , item: DataTransferItem ]>
Get a new iterator with the [mime, item]
pairs for each element in this data transfer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
IterableIterator<[mimeType: string, item: DataTransferItem]> |
forEach ( callbackfn : (item: DataTransferItem , mimeType: string , dataTransfer: DataTransfer ) => void , thisArg ? :任意) : void
Allows iteration through the data transfer items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callbackfn: (item: DataTransferItem, mimeType: string, dataTransfer: DataTransfer) => void | Callback for iteration through the data transfer items. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
获取(mimeType :字符串):DataTransferItem
Retrieves the data transfer item for a given mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
mimeType: string | The mime type to get the data transfer item for, such as Special mime types:
|
Returns | Description |
DataTransferItem |
设置(mimeType :字符串,值:DataTransferItem ):void
Sets a mime type to data transfer item mapping.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
mimeType: string | The mime type to set the data for. Mimes types stored in lower case, with case-insensitive looks up. |
value: DataTransferItem | The data transfer item for the given mime type. |
Returns | Description |
void |
数据传输文件
与DataTransferItem关联的文件。
这种类型的实例只能由编辑器创建,而不能由扩展创建。
Properties
The name of the file.
乌里?:乌里
The full file path of the file.
May be undefined
on web.
Methods
数据():Thenable <Uint8Array> _ _
The full file contents of the file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<Uint8Array> |
数据传输项
封装拖放操作期间传输的数据。
Constructors
新的DataTransferItem (值:任意):DataTransferItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: any | Custom data stored on this item. Can be retrieved using DataTransferItem.value. |
Returns | Description |
DataTransferItem |
Properties
Custom data stored on this item.
You can use value
to share data across operations. The original object can be retrieved so long as the extension that
created the DataTransferItem
runs in the same extension host.
Methods
asFile ( ) :数据传输文件
Try getting the file associated with this data transfer item.
Note that the file object is only valid for the scope of the drag and drop operation.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
DataTransferFile | The file for the data transfer or |
asString ( ) :Thenable <字符串>
Get a string representation of this item.
If DataTransferItem.value is an object, this returns the result of json stringifying DataTransferItem.value value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string> |
调试适配器
如果实现调试适配器协议的调试适配器实现了 DebugAdapter 接口,则可以向编辑器注册。
Events
onDidSendMessage :事件< DebugProtocolMessage >
An event which fires after the debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor. Messages can be requests, responses, or events.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
处理消息(消息:DebugProtocolMessage ):无效
Handle a Debug Adapter Protocol message. Messages can be requests, responses, or events. Results or errors are returned via onSendMessage events.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: DebugProtocolMessage | A Debug Adapter Protocol message |
Returns | Description |
void |
调试适配器描述符
代表不同类型的调试适配器
DebugAdapterDescriptor :DebugAdapterExecutable | 调试适配器服务器| 调试适配器命名管道服务器| 调试适配器内联实现
调试适配器描述符工厂
创建调试适配器描述符的调试适配器工厂。
Methods
createDebugAdapterDescriptor (会话: DebugSession ,可执行文件: DebugAdapterExecutable ) : ProviderResult < DebugAdapterDescriptor >
'createDebugAdapterDescriptor' is called at the start of a debug session to provide details about the debug adapter to use. These details must be returned as objects of type DebugAdapterDescriptor. Currently two types of debug adapters are supported:
- a debug adapter executable is specified as a command path and arguments (see DebugAdapterExecutable),
- a debug adapter server reachable via a communication port (see DebugAdapterServer). If the method is not implemented the default behavior is this: createDebugAdapter(session: DebugSession, executable: DebugAdapterExecutable) { if (typeof session.configuration.debugServer === 'number') { return new DebugAdapterServer(session.configuration.debugServer); } return executable; }
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session: DebugSession | The debug session for which the debug adapter will be used. |
executable: DebugAdapterExecutable | The debug adapter's executable information as specified in the package.json (or undefined if no such information exists). |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterDescriptor> | a debug adapter descriptor or undefined. |
调试适配器可执行文件
表示调试适配器可执行文件以及传递给它的可选参数和运行时选项。
Constructors
新的 DebugAdapterExecutable (命令: string , args ? : string [], options ? : DebugAdapterExecutableOptions ) : DebugAdapterExecutable
Creates a description for a debug adapter based on an executable program.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | The command or executable path that implements the debug adapter. |
args?: string[] | Optional arguments to be passed to the command or executable. |
options?: DebugAdapterExecutableOptions | Optional options to be used when starting the command or executable. |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterExecutable |
Properties
The arguments passed to the debug adapter executable. Defaults to an empty array.
The command or path of the debug adapter executable. A command must be either an absolute path of an executable or the name of an command to be looked up via the PATH environment variable. The special value 'node' will be mapped to the editor's built-in Node.js runtime.
选项?:调试适配器可执行选项
Optional options to be used when the debug adapter is started. Defaults to undefined.
调试适配器可执行选项
调试适配器可执行文件的选项。
Properties
The current working directory for the executed debug adapter.
The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
调试适配器内联实现
用于内联实现的调试适配器描述符。
Constructors
新的 DebugAdapterInlineImplementation (实现:DebugAdapter ):DebugAdapterInlineImplementation
Create a descriptor for an inline implementation of a debug adapter.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
implementation: DebugAdapter | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterInlineImplementation |
调试适配器命名管道服务器
表示作为基于命名管道(在 Windows 上)/UNIX 域套接字(在非 Windows 上)的服务器运行的调试适配器。
Constructors
新的 DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer (路径:字符串):DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer
Create a description for a debug adapter running as a Named Pipe (on Windows)/UNIX Domain Socket (on non-Windows) based server.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
path: string | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterNamedPipeServer |
Properties
The path to the NamedPipe/UNIX Domain Socket.
调试适配器服务器
表示作为基于套接字的服务器运行的调试适配器。
Constructors
新的 DebugAdapterServer (端口:数字,主机? :字符串) : DebugAdapterServer
Create a description for a debug adapter running as a socket based server.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
port: number | |
host?: string | |
Returns | Description |
DebugAdapterServer |
Properties
The host.
The port.
调试适配器跟踪器
调试适配器跟踪器是一种跟踪编辑器和调试适配器之间通信的方法。
Events
The debug adapter has sent a Debug Adapter Protocol message to the editor.
onWillReceiveMessage (消息:任何):无效
The debug adapter is about to receive a Debug Adapter Protocol message from the editor.
A session with the debug adapter is about to be started.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
The debug adapter session is about to be stopped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Methods
An error with the debug adapter has occurred.
The debug adapter has exited with the given exit code or signal.
调试AdapterTrackerFactory
创建调试适配器跟踪器的调试适配器工厂。
Methods
createDebugAdapterTracker (会话: DebugSession ) : ProviderResult < DebugAdapterTracker >
The method 'createDebugAdapterTracker' is called at the start of a debug session in order to return a "tracker" object that provides read-access to the communication between the editor and a debug adapter.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
session: DebugSession | The debug session for which the debug adapter tracker will be used. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugAdapterTracker> | A debug adapter tracker or undefined. |
调试配置
调试会话的配置。
Properties
The name of the debug session.
The request type of the debug session.
The type of the debug session.
调试配置提供者
调试配置提供程序允许将调试配置添加到调试服务,并在启动配置用于启动调试会话之前解析启动配置。调试配置提供程序通过debug.registerDebugConfigurationProvider注册。
Methods
ProvideDebugConfigurations (文件夹:WorkspaceFolder,令牌?:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < DebugConfiguration []>
Provides debug configuration to the debug service. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, debug configurations are concatenated in arbitrary order.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder for which the configurations are used or |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration[]> | An array of debug configurations. |
解决调试配置(文件夹:WorkspaceFolder,调试配置:调试配置,令牌?:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <调试配置>
Resolves a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the resolveDebugConfiguration calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or |
debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration | The debug configuration to resolve. |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration> | The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. |
solveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables (文件夹:WorkspaceFolder,debugConfiguration :DebugConfiguration,令牌?:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < DebugConfiguration >
This hook is directly called after 'resolveDebugConfiguration' but with all variables substituted. It can be used to resolve or verify a debug configuration by filling in missing values or by adding/changing/removing attributes. If more than one debug configuration provider is registered for the same type, the 'resolveDebugConfigurationWithSubstitutedVariables' calls are chained in arbitrary order and the initial debug configuration is piped through the chain. Returning the value 'undefined' prevents the debug session from starting. Returning the value 'null' prevents the debug session from starting and opens the underlying debug configuration instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
folder: WorkspaceFolder | The workspace folder from which the configuration originates from or |
debugConfiguration: DebugConfiguration | The debug configuration to resolve. |
token?: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DebugConfiguration> | The resolved debug configuration or undefined or null. |
调试配置提供者触发器种类
DebugConfigurationProviderTriggerKind 指定何时触发provideDebugConfigurations
a 的方法。DebugConfigurationProvider
目前有两种情况:为新创建的 launch.json 提供初始调试配置,或者当用户通过 UI 请求时提供动态生成的调试配置(例如,通过“选择并开始调试”命令)。使用debug.registerDebugConfigurationProviderDebugConfigurationProvider
注册时会使用触发器类型。
Enumeration Members
初始:1
DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations
is called to provide the initial debug configurations for a newly created launch.json.
动态:2
DebugConfigurationProvider.provideDebugConfigurations
is called to provide dynamically generated debug configurations when the user asks for them through the UI (e.g. via the "Select and Start Debugging" command).
调试控制台
代表调试控制台。
Methods
Append the given value to the debug console.
Append the given value and a line feed character to the debug console.
调试控制台模式
调试会话使用的调试控制台模式,请参阅options。
Enumeration Members
分开: 0
Debug session should have a separate debug console.
与父级合并:1
Debug session should share debug console with its parent session. This value has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session.
调试协议断点
DebugProtocolBreakpoint 是调试适配器协议中定义的断点类型的不透明替代类型。
调试协议消息
DebugProtocolMessage 是调试适配器协议中定义的ProtocolMessage类型的不透明替代类型。
调试协议源
DebugProtocolSource 是调试适配器协议中定义的源类型的不透明替代类型。
调试会话
调试会话。
Properties
配置:调试配置
The "resolved" debug configuration of this session. "Resolved" means that
- all variables have been substituted and
- platform specific attribute sections have been "flattened" for the matching platform and removed for non-matching platforms.
The unique ID of this debug session.
The debug session's name is initially taken from the debug configuration. Any changes will be properly reflected in the UI.
父会话?:调试会话
The parent session of this debug session, if it was created as a child.
See also DebugSessionOptions.parentSession
The debug session's type from the debug configuration.
工作区文件夹:工作区文件夹
The workspace folder of this session or undefined
for a folderless setup.
Methods
customRequest (命令:字符串,参数?:任何):Thenable <任何>
Send a custom request to the debug adapter.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | |
args?: any | |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<any> |
getDebugProtocolBreakpoint (断点:断点) : Thenable < DebugProtocolBreakpoint >
Maps a breakpoint in the editor to the corresponding Debug Adapter Protocol (DAP) breakpoint that is managed by the debug adapter of the debug session.
If no DAP breakpoint exists (either because the editor breakpoint was not yet registered or because the debug adapter is not interested in the breakpoint), the value undefined
is returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
breakpoint: Breakpoint | A Breakpoint in the editor. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<DebugProtocolBreakpoint> | A promise that resolves to the Debug Adapter Protocol breakpoint or |
调试会话自定义事件
从调试会话接收到的自定义调试适配器协议事件。
Properties
Event specific information.
Type of event.
会话:调试会话
The debug session for which the custom event was received.
调试会话选项
用于启动调试会话的选项。
Properties
Controls if the debug session's parent session is shown in the CALL STACK view even if it has only a single child. By default, the debug session will never hide its parent. If compact is true, debug sessions with a single child are hidden in the CALL STACK view to make the tree more compact.
控制台模式?:调试控制台模式
Controls whether this session should have a separate debug console or share it with the parent session. Has no effect for sessions which do not have a parent session. Defaults to Separate.
Controls whether lifecycle requests like 'restart' are sent to the newly created session or its parent session. By default (if the property is false or missing), lifecycle requests are sent to the new session. This property is ignored if the session has no parent session.
Controls whether this session should run without debugging, thus ignoring breakpoints. When this property is not specified, the value from the parent session (if there is one) is used.
父会话?:调试会话
When specified the newly created debug session is registered as a "child" session of this "parent" debug session.
When true, the window statusbar color will not be changed for this session.
When true, the debug toolbar will not be shown for this session.
When true, the debug viewlet will not be automatically revealed for this session.
When true, a save will not be triggered for open editors when starting a debug session, regardless of the value of the debug.saveBeforeStart
setting.
宣言
声明提供者
声明提供者接口定义了扩展和转到声明功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDeclaration (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <声明>
Provide the declaration of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Declaration> | A declaration or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
装饰实例渲染选项
表示装饰实例的渲染选项。请参阅DecorationOptions.renderOptions。
Properties
之后?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
之前?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
黑暗?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Overwrite options for dark themes.
光?: ThemableDecorationInstanceRenderOptions
Overwrite options for light themes.
装饰选项
表示装饰集中特定装饰的选项。
Properties
悬停消息?: MarkdownString | 标记字符串| 数组< MarkdownString | 标记字符串>
A message that should be rendered when hovering over the decoration.
范围:范围
Range to which this decoration is applied. The range must not be empty.
渲染选项?:装饰实例渲染选项
Render options applied to the current decoration. For performance reasons, keep the number of decoration specific options small, and use decoration types wherever possible.
装饰范围行为
描述装饰在其边缘键入/编辑时的行为。
Enumeration Members
开盘开盘: 0
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start or end.
已关闭已关闭: 1
The decoration's range will not widen when edits occur at the start or end.
打开关闭: 2
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the start, but not at the end.
休息开放: 3
The decoration's range will widen when edits occur at the end, but not at the start.
装饰渲染选项
代表文本编辑器装饰的渲染样式。
Properties
之后?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
背景颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.
之前?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
边框颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
黑暗?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions
Overwrite options for dark themes.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
装订线图标路径?:字符串| 乌里
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.
Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx
Should the decoration be rendered also on the whitespace after the line text.
Defaults to false
.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
光?: ThemableDecorationRenderOptions
Overwrite options for light themes.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
轮廓颜色? :字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
概述标尺颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.
概述RulerLane ?:概述标尺车道
The position in the overview ruler where the decoration should be rendered.
范围行为? :装饰范围行为
Customize the growing behavior of the decoration when edits occur at the edges of the decoration's range.
Defaults to DecorationRangeBehavior.OpenOpen
.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
定义
符号的定义表示为一个或多个位置。对于大多数编程语言来说,只有一个位置可以定义符号。
定义链接
有关符号定义位置的信息。
提供比正常位置定义更多的元数据,包括定义符号的范围
定义链接:位置链接
定义提供者
定义提供者接口定义了扩展与转到定义 和查看定义功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDefinition (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <定义|定义 位置链接[]>
Provide the definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
诊断
表示诊断,例如编译器错误或警告。诊断对象仅在文件范围内有效。
Constructors
新诊断(范围:范围,消息:字符串,严重性?:诊断Severity ):诊断
Creates a new diagnostic object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range to which this diagnostic applies. |
message: string | The human-readable message. |
severity?: DiagnosticSeverity | The severity, default is error. |
Returns | Description |
Diagnostic |
Properties
代码?:字符串| 数量| {目标:Uri,值:字符串| 数量}
A code or identifier for this diagnostic. Should be used for later processing, e.g. when providing code actions.
The human-readable message.
范围:范围
The range to which this diagnostic applies.
相关信息? :诊断相关信息[]
An array of related diagnostic information, e.g. when symbol-names within a scope collide all definitions can be marked via this property.
严重性:诊断严重性
The severity, default is error.
A human-readable string describing the source of this diagnostic, e.g. 'typescript' or 'super lint'.
标签?:诊断标签[]
Additional metadata about the diagnostic.
诊断更改事件
诊断更改时触发的事件。
Properties
uris :只读Uri []
An array of resources for which diagnostics have changed.
诊断集合
诊断集合是管理一组 诊断的容器。诊断始终是诊断集合和资源的范围。
DiagnosticCollection
要获取使用
createDiagnosticCollection的实例。
Properties
The name of this diagnostic collection, for instance typescript
. Every diagnostic
from this collection will be associated with this name. Also, the task framework uses this
name when defining problem matchers.
Methods
Remove all diagnostics from this collection. The same
as calling #set(undefined)
;
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
删除(uri :Uri ):无效
Remove all diagnostics from this collection that belong
to the provided uri
. The same as #set(uri, undefined)
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose and free associated resources. Calls clear.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
forEach (回调: (uri: Uri , 诊断: 只读诊断[], 集合: DiagnosticCollection ) =>任何, thisArg ? :任何) : void
Iterate over each entry in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (uri: Uri, diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[], collection: DiagnosticCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
Get the diagnostics for a given resource. Note that you cannot modify the diagnostics-array returned from this call.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
readonly Diagnostic[] | An immutable array of diagnostics or |
有(uri :Uri ):布尔值
Check if this collection contains diagnostics for a given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
Assign diagnostics for given resource. Will replace existing diagnostics for that resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
diagnostics: readonly Diagnostic[] | Array of diagnostics or |
Returns | Description |
void |
set (条目: ReadonlyArray<[ Uri , readonly Diagnostic[] ]> ) : void
Replace diagnostics for multiple resources in this collection.
Note that multiple tuples of the same uri will be merged, e.g
[[file1, [d1]], [file1, [d2]]]
is equivalent to [[file1, [d1, d2]]]
.
If a diagnostics item is undefined
as in [file1, undefined]
all previous but not subsequent diagnostics are removed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
entries: ReadonlyArray<[Uri, readonly Diagnostic[]]> | An array of tuples, like |
Returns | Description |
void |
诊断相关信息
表示诊断的相关消息和源代码位置。这应该用于指向引起诊断或与诊断相关的代码位置,例如在作用域中复制符号时。
Constructors
新的 DiagnosticRelatedInformation (位置:位置,消息:字符串) : DiagnosticRelatedInformation
Creates a new related diagnostic information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Location | The location. |
message: string | The message. |
Returns | Description |
DiagnosticRelatedInformation |
Properties
地点:地点
The location of this related diagnostic information.
The message of this related diagnostic information.
诊断严重性
代表诊断的严重程度。
Enumeration Members
错误:0
Something not allowed by the rules of a language or other means.
警告:1
Something suspicious but allowed.
信息:2
Something to inform about but not a problem.
提示:3
Something to hint to a better way of doing it, like proposing a refactoring.
诊断标签
有关诊断类型的其他元数据。
Enumeration Members
不需要:1
Unused or unnecessary code.
Diagnostics with this tag are rendered faded out. The amount of fading
is controlled by the "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity"
theme color. For
example, "editorUnnecessaryCode.opacity": "#000000c0"
will render the
code with 75% opacity. For high contrast themes, use the
"editorUnnecessaryCode.border"
theme color to underline unnecessary code
instead of fading it out.
已弃用:2
Deprecated or obsolete code.
Diagnostics with this tag are rendered with a strike through.
一次性的
表示可以释放资源的类型,例如事件监听或者定时器。
Static
from ( ... disposableLikes : Array<{dispose: () => any }> ) :一次性
Combine many disposable-likes into one. You can use this method when having objects with
a dispose function which aren't instances of Disposable
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
...disposableLikes: Array<{dispose: () => any}> | Objects that have at least a |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | Returns a new disposable which, upon dispose, will dispose all provided disposables. |
Constructors
新的一次性(callOnDispose :()=>任何):一次性
Creates a new disposable that calls the provided function on dispose.
Note that an asynchronous function is not awaited.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callOnDispose: () => any | Function that disposes something. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable |
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
文档颜色提供者
文档颜色提供程序定义了扩展与在编辑器中选择和修改颜色的功能之间的契约。
Methods
提供ColorPresentations (颜色:颜色,上下文: {文档:TextDocument,范围:范围},令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < ColorPresentation []>
Provide representations for a color.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
color: Color | The color to show and insert. |
context: {document: TextDocument, range: Range} | A context object with additional information |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<ColorPresentation[]> | An array of color presentations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
ProvideDocumentColors (文档:TextDocument,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < ColorInformation []>
Provide colors for the given document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<ColorInformation[]> | An array of color information or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
文件拖放编辑
应用于drop 的编辑操作。
Constructors
新的 DocumentDropEdit ( insertText : string | SnippetString ) : DocumentDropEdit
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
insertText: string | SnippetString | The text or snippet to insert at the drop location. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentDropEdit |
Properties
附加编辑? :工作区编辑
An optional additional edit to apply on drop.
插入文本:字符串| 片段字符串
The text or snippet to insert at the drop location.
DocumentDropEditProvider
处理将资源放入文本编辑器的提供程序。
这允许用户将资源(包括来自外部应用程序的资源)拖放到编辑器中。拖放文件时,用户可以按住shift
将文件拖放到编辑器中,而不是打开它。需要editor.dropIntoEditor.enabled
开启。
Methods
ProvideDocumentDropEdits (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置, dataTransfer : DataTransfer ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < DocumentDropEdit >
Provide edits which inserts the content being dragged and dropped into the document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the drop occurred. |
position: Position | The position in the document where the drop occurred. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | A DataTransfer object that holds data about what is being dragged and dropped. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentDropEdit> | A DocumentDropEdit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
文档过滤器
文档过滤器通过不同的属性来表示文档,例如语言、其资源的方案或应用于路径的全局模式。
示例 适用于磁盘上的 TypeScript 文件的语言过滤器
{ language: 'typescript', scheme: 'file' }
示例 适用于所有 package.json 路径的语言过滤器
{ language: 'json', pattern: '**/package.json' }
Properties
A language id, like typescript
.
The type of a notebook, like jupyter-notebook
. This allows
to narrow down on the type of a notebook that a cell document belongs to.
Note that setting the notebookType
-property changes how scheme
and pattern
are interpreted. When set
they are evaluated against the notebook uri, not the document uri.
Example
Match python document inside jupyter notebook that aren't stored yet (untitled
)
{ language: 'python', notebookType: 'jupyter-notebook', scheme: 'untitled' }
模式?:全局模式
A glob pattern that is matched on the absolute path of the document. Use a relative pattern to filter documents to a workspace folder.
A Uri scheme, like file
or untitled
.
文档格式编辑提供者
文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentFormattingEdits (文档:TextDocument,选项:FormattingOptions,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < TextEdit []>
Provide formatting edits for a whole document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
文档亮点
文档突出显示是文本文档中值得特别关注的范围。通常,文档突出显示是通过更改其范围的背景颜色来可视化的。
Constructors
新的DocumentHighlight (范围:范围,种类?:DocumentHighlightKind ):DocumentHighlight
Creates a new document highlight object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the highlight applies to. |
kind?: DocumentHighlightKind | The highlight kind, default is text. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentHighlight |
Properties
善良?:文档突出显示类型
The highlight kind, default is text.
范围:范围
The range this highlight applies to.
文档突出显示类型
文档突出显示类型。
Enumeration Members
文字:0
A textual occurrence.
已读:1
Read-access of a symbol, like reading a variable.
写入:2
Write-access of a symbol, like writing to a variable.
文档突出显示提供程序
文档突出显示提供程序接口定义了扩展和单词突出显示功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentHighlights (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < DocumentHighlight []>
Provide a set of document highlights, like all occurrences of a variable or all exit-points of a function.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentHighlight[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
文档链接
文档链接是文本文档中链接到内部或外部资源(例如另一个文本文档或网站)的范围。
Constructors
新的DocumentLink (范围:范围,目标?:Uri ):DocumentLink
Creates a new document link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range the document link applies to. Must not be empty. |
target?: Uri | The uri the document link points to. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentLink |
Properties
范围:范围
The range this link applies to.
目标?:乌里
The uri this link points to.
The tooltip text when you hover over this link.
If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on how to
trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click)
. The specific instructions vary depending on OS,
user settings, and localization.
文档链接提供者<T>
文档链接提供者定义了扩展和在编辑器中显示链接的功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentLinks (文档:TextDocument,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < T []>
Provide links for the given document. Note that the editor ships with a default provider that detects
http(s)
and file
links.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of document links or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result
can be signaled by returning |
solveDocumentLink (链接:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T> _ _
Given a link fill in its target. This method is called when an incomplete link is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete links (without target) from the provideDocumentLinks method which often helps to improve performance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
link: T | The link that is to be resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> |
DocumentRangeFormattingEditProvider
文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentRangeFormattingEdits (文档: TextDocument ,范围: Range ,选项: FormattingOptions ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < TextEdit []>
Provide formatting edits for a range in a document.
The given range is a hint and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | The range which should be formatted. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
ProvideDocumentRangesFormattingEdits (文档: TextDocument ,范围: Range [],选项: FormattingOptions ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < TextEdit []>
Provide formatting edits for multiple ranges in a document.
This function is optional but allows a formatter to perform faster when formatting only modified ranges or when formatting a large number of selections.
The given ranges are hints and providers can decide to format a smaller or larger range. Often this is done by adjusting the start and end of the range to full syntax nodes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
ranges: Range[] | The ranges which should be formatted. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
DocumentRangeSemanticTokensProvider
文档范围语义标记提供者接口定义了扩展和语义标记之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentRangeSemanticTokens (文档: TextDocument ,范围: Range ,标记: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < SemanticTokens >
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokens.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
range: Range | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens> |
文档选择器
请注意,仅作为语言标识符的文档选择器会选择所有 文档,甚至是那些未保存在磁盘上的文档。仅当功能在没有进一步上下文的情况下工作时才使用此类选择器,例如不需要解析相关“文件”。
例子
let sel: DocumentSelector = { scheme: 'file', language: 'typescript' };
文档选择器:文档过滤器| 字符串| ReadonlyArray < DocumentFilter |只读数组 字符串>
文档语义令牌提供者
文档语义标记提供者接口定义了扩展和语义标记之间的契约。
Events
onDidChangeSemanticTokens ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that the semantic tokens from this provider have changed.
Methods
提供DocumentSemanticTokens (文档:TextDocument,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <SemanticTokens> _
Tokens in a file are represented as an array of integers. The position of each token is expressed relative to the token before it, because most tokens remain stable relative to each other when edits are made in a file.
In short, each token takes 5 integers to represent, so a specific token i
in the file consists of the following array indices:
- at index
5*i
-deltaLine
: token line number, relative to the previous token - at index
5*i+1
-deltaStart
: token start character, relative to the previous token (relative to 0 or the previous token's start if they are on the same line) - at index
5*i+2
-length
: the length of the token. A token cannot be multiline. - at index
5*i+3
-tokenType
: will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenTypes
. We currently ask thattokenType
< 65536. - at index
5*i+4
-tokenModifiers
: each set bit will be looked up inSemanticTokensLegend.tokenModifiers
How to encode tokens
Here is an example for encoding a file with 3 tokens in a uint32 array:
{ line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: "property", tokenModifiers: ["private", "static"] },
{ line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: "type", tokenModifiers: [] },
{ line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: "class", tokenModifiers: [] }
- First of all, a legend must be devised. This legend must be provided up-front and capture all possible token types. For this example, we will choose the following legend which must be passed in when registering the provider:
tokenTypes: ['property', 'type', 'class'],
tokenModifiers: ['private', 'static']
- The first transformation step is to encode
tokenType
andtokenModifiers
as integers using the legend. Token types are looked up by index, so atokenType
value of1
meanstokenTypes[1]
. Multiple token modifiers can be set by using bit flags, so atokenModifier
value of3
is first viewed as binary0b00000011
, which means[tokenModifiers[0], tokenModifiers[1]]
because bits 0 and 1 are set. Using this legend, the tokens now are:
{ line: 2, startChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
{ line: 2, startChar: 10, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
{ line: 5, startChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
- The next step is to represent each token relative to the previous token in the file. In this case, the second token
is on the same line as the first token, so the
startChar
of the second token is made relative to thestartChar
of the first token, so it will be10 - 5
. The third token is on a different line than the second token, so thestartChar
of the third token will not be altered:
{ deltaLine: 2, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 3, tokenType: 0, tokenModifiers: 3 },
{ deltaLine: 0, deltaStartChar: 5, length: 4, tokenType: 1, tokenModifiers: 0 },
{ deltaLine: 3, deltaStartChar: 2, length: 7, tokenType: 2, tokenModifiers: 0 }
- Finally, the last step is to inline each of the 5 fields for a token in a single array, which is a memory friendly representation:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
See also SemanticTokensBuilder for a helper to encode tokens as integers. NOTE: When doing edits, it is possible that multiple edits occur until the editor decides to invoke the semantic tokens provider. NOTE: If the provider cannot temporarily compute semantic tokens, it can indicate this by throwing an error with the message 'Busy'.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens> |
ProvideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits (文档: TextDocument , previousResultId :字符串,标记: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < SemanticTokens | SemanticTokens编辑>
Instead of always returning all the tokens in a file, it is possible for a DocumentSemanticTokensProvider
to implement
this method (provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
) and then return incremental updates to the previously provided semantic tokens.
How tokens change when the document changes
Suppose that provideDocumentSemanticTokens
has previously returned the following semantic tokens:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
Also suppose that after some edits, the new semantic tokens in a file are:
// 1st token, 2nd token, 3rd token
[ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ]
It is possible to express these new tokens in terms of an edit applied to the previous tokens:
[ 2,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // old tokens [ 3,5,3,0,3, 0,5,4,1,0, 3,2,7,2,0 ] // new tokens
edit: { start: 0, deleteCount: 1, data: [3] } // replace integer at offset 0 with 3
NOTE: If the provider cannot compute SemanticTokensEdits
, it can "give up" and return all the tokens in the document again.
NOTE: All edits in SemanticTokensEdits
contain indices in the old integers array, so they all refer to the previous result state.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | |
previousResultId: string | |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SemanticTokens | SemanticTokensEdits> |
文档符号
表示出现在文档中的编程结构,如变量、类、接口等。文档符号可以是分层的,并且它们有两个范围:一个包含其定义,另一个指向其最有趣的范围,例如标识符的范围。
Constructors
新 DocumentSymbol (名称:字符串,详细信息:字符串,种类:SymbolKind,范围:范围,selectionRange :范围):DocumentSymbol
Creates a new document symbol.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
detail: string | Details for the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
range: Range | The full range of the symbol. |
selectionRange: Range | The range that should be reveal. |
Returns | Description |
DocumentSymbol |
Properties
子级:DocumentSymbol []
Children of this symbol, e.g. properties of a class.
More detail for this symbol, e.g. the signature of a function.
种类:符号种类
The kind of this symbol.
The name of this symbol.
范围:范围
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
选择范围:范围
The range that should be selected and reveal when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a function. Must be contained by the range.
标签?:只读已弃用[]
Tags for this symbol.
文档符号提供者
文档符号提供者接口定义了扩展和转到符号功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideDocumentSymbols (文档: TextDocument ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < DocumentSymbol [] | 符号信息[]>
Provide symbol information for the given document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<DocumentSymbol[] | SymbolInformation[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
文档符号提供者元数据
有关文档符号提供程序的元数据。
Properties
A human-readable string that is shown when multiple outlines trees show for one document.
行结束
表示文档中的行尾字符序列。
Enumeration Members
低频:1
The line feed \n
character.
回车换行:2
The carriage return line feed \r\n
sequence.
输入动作
描述按 Enter 键时执行的操作。
Properties
Describes text to be appended after the new line and after the indentation.
缩进动作:缩进动作
Describe what to do with the indentation.
Describes the number of characters to remove from the new line's indentation.
环境变量集合
扩展可以应用于流程环境的突变的集合。
Properties
描述:字符串| 降价字符串
A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.
Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.
Methods
附加(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Append a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to append to. |
value: string | The value to append to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
Clears all mutators from this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.
forEach (回调:(变量:字符串,变异器:EnvironmentVariableMutator,集合:EnvironmentVariableCollection )=>任何,thisArg ?:任何) : void
Iterate over each mutator in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get (变量:字符串) : EnvironmentVariableMutator
Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to get the mutator for. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableMutator |
前置(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Prepend a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to prepend. |
value: string | The value to prepend to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
替换(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Replace an environment variable with a value.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to replace. |
value: string | The value to replace the variable with. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
环境变量变异器
一种突变类型及其应用于环境变量的值。
Properties
选项:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions
Options applied to the mutator.
类型:EnvironmentVariableMutatorType
The type of mutation that will occur to the variable.
The value to use for the variable.
环境变量改变选项
应用于变元的选项。
Properties
Apply to the environment just before the process is created. Defaults to false.
Apply to the environment in the shell integration script. Note that this will not apply the mutator if shell integration is disabled or not working for some reason. Defaults to false.
环境变量突变类型
一种可以应用于环境变量的突变。
Enumeration Members
替换:1
Replace the variable's existing value.
追加:2
Append to the end of the variable's existing value.
前置:3
Prepend to the start of the variable's existing value.
环境变量作用域
环境变量集合适用的范围对象。
Properties
工作区文件夹?:工作区文件夹
Any specific workspace folder to get collection for.
可求值表达式
EvaluatableExpression 表示文档中可以由活动调试器或运行时计算的表达式。此评估的结果显示在类似工具提示的小部件中。如果仅指定范围,则将从基础文档中提取表达式。可选表达式可用于覆盖提取的表达式。在这种情况下,该范围仍用于突出显示文档中的范围。
Constructors
新的EvaluatableExpression (范围:范围,表达式?:字符串):EvaluatableExpression
Creates a new evaluatable expression object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted. |
expression?: string | If specified overrides the extracted expression. |
Returns | Description |
EvaluatableExpression |
Properties
范围:范围
可评估表达式提供者
可评估表达式提供程序接口定义了扩展和调试悬停之间的契约。在此合约中,提供程序返回文档中给定位置的可计算表达式,编辑器在活动调试会话中计算该表达式,并在调试悬停中显示结果。
Methods
提供EvaluatableExpression (文档:TextDocument,位置:Position,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <EvaluatableExpression> _
Provide an evaluatable expression for the given document and position. The editor will evaluate this expression in the active debug session and will show the result in the debug hover. The expression can be implicitly specified by the range in the underlying document or by explicitly returning an expression.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document for which the debug hover is about to appear. |
position: Position | The line and character position in the document where the debug hover is about to appear. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<EvaluatableExpression> | An EvaluatableExpression or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
事件<T>
代表一个类型化的事件。
一个函数,表示您通过使用侦听器函数作为参数调用来订阅的事件。
例子
item.onDidChange(function(event) {
console.log('Event happened: ' + event);
});
(听众: (e: T ) =>任何, thisArgs ? :任何,一次性? :一次性[] ) :一次性
A function that represents an event to which you subscribe by calling it with a listener function as argument.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
listener: (e: T) => any | The listener function will be called when the event happens. |
thisArgs?: any | The |
disposables?: Disposable[] | An array to which a Disposable will be added. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable which unsubscribes the event listener. |
事件发射器<T>
事件发射器可用于创建和管理事件以供其他人订阅。一个发射器始终拥有一个事件。
如果您想在扩展程序中提供事件,例如在 TextDocumentContentProvider 中或向其他扩展程序提供 API 时,请使用此类。
Constructors
new EventEmitter <T> ( ) : EventEmitter <T> _ _ _
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
EventEmitter<T> |
Properties
The event listeners can subscribe to.
Methods
Dispose this object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
火(数据:T ):无效
Notify all subscribers of the event. Failure of one or more listener will not fail this function call.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: T | The event object. |
Returns | Description |
void |
扩展名<T>
代表一个扩展。
Extension
要获取使用getExtension的实例。
Properties
出口:T
The public API exported by this extension (return value of activate
).
It is an invalid action to access this field before this extension has been activated.
扩展种类:扩展种类
The extension kind describes if an extension runs where the UI runs
or if an extension runs where the remote extension host runs. The extension kind
is defined in the package.json
-file of extensions but can also be refined
via the remote.extensionKind
-setting. When no remote extension host exists,
the value is ExtensionKind.UI.
The absolute file path of the directory containing this extension. Shorthand notation for Extension.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).
扩展名Uri :Uri
The uri of the directory containing the extension.
The canonical extension identifier in the form of: publisher.name
.
true
if the extension has been activated.
The parsed contents of the extension's package.json.
Methods
activate ( ) : thenable <T> _ _
Activates this extension and returns its public API.
扩展上下文
扩展上下文是扩展私有的实用程序的集合。
an 的实例作为扩展调用的ExtensionContext
第一个参数提供。activate
Properties
环境变量集合:全局环境变量集合
Gets the extension's global environment variable collection for this workspace, enabling changes to be applied to terminal environment variables.
扩展名:扩展名<任意>
The current Extension
instance.
扩展模式:扩展模式
The mode the extension is running in. See ExtensionMode for possible values and scenarios.
The absolute file path of the directory containing the extension. Shorthand notation for ExtensionContext.extensionUri.fsPath (independent of the uri scheme).
扩展名Uri :Uri
The uri of the directory containing the extension.
globalState :备忘录& {setKeysForSync}
A memento object that stores state independent of the current opened workspace.
An absolute file path in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use globalState to store key value data.
- deprecated - Use globalStorageUri instead.
全局存储Uri :Uri
The uri of a directory in which the extension can store global state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use globalState to store key value data.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
An absolute file path of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
- deprecated - Use logUri instead.
日志Uri :Uri
The uri of a directory in which the extension can create log files. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
秘密:秘密存储
A storage utility for secrets. Secrets are persisted across reloads and are independent of the current opened workspace.
An absolute file path of a workspace specific directory in which the extension can store private state. The directory might not exist on disk and creation is up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.
- deprecated - Use storageUri instead.
存储Uri :Uri
The uri of a workspace specific directory in which the extension
can store private state. The directory might not exist and creation is
up to the extension. However, the parent directory is guaranteed to be existent.
The value is undefined
when no workspace nor folder has been opened.
Use workspaceState or globalState to store key value data.
See also workspace.fs for how to read and write files and folders from an uri.
An array to which disposables can be added. When this extension is deactivated the disposables will be disposed.
Note that asynchronous dispose-functions aren't awaited.
工作空间状态:纪念品
A memento object that stores state in the context of the currently opened workspace.
Methods
Get the absolute path of a resource contained in the extension.
Note that an absolute uri can be constructed via Uri.joinPath and
extensionUri, e.g. vscode.Uri.joinPath(context.extensionUri, relativePath);
扩展类型
在远程窗口中,扩展类型描述了扩展是否在 UI(窗口)运行的地方运行,或者扩展是否远程运行。
Enumeration Members
用户界面:1
Extension runs where the UI runs.
工作空间:2
Extension runs where the remote extension host runs.
扩展模式
ExtensionMode 在 上提供ExtensionContext
,指示特定扩展运行的模式。
Enumeration Members
产量:1
The extension is installed normally (for example, from the marketplace or VSIX) in the editor.
开发:2
The extension is running from an --extensionDevelopmentPath
provided
when launching the editor.
测试:3
The extension is running from an --extensionTestsPath
and
the extension host is running unit tests.
扩展终端选项
描述虚拟流程终端应使用哪些选项的值对象。
Properties
颜色?:主题颜色
The icon ThemeColor for the terminal.
The standard terminal.ansi*
theme keys are
recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.
图标路径?:乌里| 主题图标| {暗:Uri,亮:Uri }
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.
Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.
This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions
is enabled.
地点?:终端编辑器位置选项| 终端分割位置选项| 航站楼位置
The TerminalLocation or TerminalEditorLocationOptions or TerminalSplitLocationOptions for the terminal.
A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
pty :伪终端
An implementation of Pseudoterminal that allows an extension to control a terminal.
文件更改事件
文件系统提供程序必须使用事件来表示文件更改。
Properties
类型:文件更改类型
The type of change.
乌里:乌里
The uri of the file that has changed.
文件更改类型
文件更改类型的枚举。
Enumeration Members
更改:1
The contents or metadata of a file have changed.
已创建:2
A file has been created.
已删除:3
A file has been deleted.
文件创建事件
创建文件后触发的事件。
Properties
文件:只读Uri []
The files that got created.
文件装饰
文件装饰表示可以使用文件呈现的元数据。
Constructors
new FileDecoration (徽章? :字符串,工具提示? :字符串,颜色? : ThemeColor ) : FileDecoration
Creates a new decoration.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
badge?: string | A letter that represents the decoration. |
tooltip?: string | The tooltip of the decoration. |
color?: ThemeColor | The color of the decoration. |
Returns | Description |
FileDecoration |
Properties
A very short string that represents this decoration.
颜色?:主题颜色
The color of this decoration.
A flag expressing that this decoration should be propagated to its parents.
A human-readable tooltip for this decoration.
文件装饰提供者
装饰提供者接口定义了扩展和文件装饰之间的契约。
Events
onDidChangeFileDecorations ?:事件< Uri | 乌里[]>
An optional event to signal that decorations for one or many files have changed.
Note that this event should be used to propagate information about children.
See also EventEmitter
Methods
ProvideFileDecoration ( uri : Uri , token : CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < FileDecoration >
Provide decorations for a given uri.
Note that this function is only called when a file gets rendered in the UI. This means a decoration from a descendent that propagates upwards must be signaled to the editor via the onDidChangeFileDecorations-event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file to provide a decoration for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<FileDecoration> | A decoration or a thenable that resolves to such. |
文件删除事件
文件删除后触发的事件。
Properties
文件:只读Uri []
The files that got deleted.
文件权限
文件的权限。
Enumeration Members
只读:1
The file is readonly.
Note: All FileStat
from a FileSystemProvider
that is registered with
the option isReadonly: true
will be implicitly handled as if FilePermission.Readonly
is set. As a consequence, it is not possible to have a readonly file system provider
registered where some FileStat
are not readonly.
文件重命名事件
文件重命名后触发的事件。
Properties
文件: ReadonlyArray<{newUri: Uri , oldUri: Uri }>
The files that got renamed.
文件统计
-typeFileStat
表示有关文件的元数据
Properties
The creation timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
The modification timestamp in milliseconds elapsed since January 1, 1970 00:00:00 UTC.
Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated mtime
that advanced
from the previous value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show
the updated file contents in an editor for example.
权限?:只读
The permissions of the file, e.g. whether the file is readonly.
Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FilePermission.Readonly | FilePermission.Other
.
The size in bytes.
Note: If the file changed, it is important to provide an updated size
. Otherwise there
may be optimizations in place that will not show the updated file contents in an editor for
example.
类型:文件类型
The type of the file, e.g. is a regular file, a directory, or symbolic link to a file.
Note: This value might be a bitmask, e.g. FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink
.
文件系统
文件系统接口公开了编辑器的内置和贡献的 文件系统提供程序。它允许扩展程序处理本地磁盘中的文件以及来自远程位置的文件,例如远程扩展主机或 ftp 服务器。
请注意,此接口的一个实例可用作workspace.fs。
Methods
复制(源:Uri,目标:Uri,选项?: {覆盖:布尔} ):Thenable <void>
Copy files or folders.
createDirectory ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable < void >
Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write
-calls).
Note that missing directories are created automatically, e.g this call has
mkdirp
semantics.
删除( uri : Uri , options ? : {recursive: boolean , useTrash: boolean } ) : Thenable < void >
Delete a file.
isWritableFileSystem (方案:字符串):布尔值
Check if a given file system supports writing files.
Keep in mind that just because a file system supports writing, that does not mean that writes will always succeed. There may be permissions issues or other errors that prevent writing a file.
readDirectory ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable <Array<[ string , FileType ]>>
Retrieve all entries of a directory.
readFile ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable <Uint8Array> _ _
Read the entire contents of a file.
重命名(源:Uri,目标:Uri,选项?: {覆盖:布尔} ):Thenable <void>
Rename a file or folder.
stat ( uri : Uri ) : Thenable < FileStat >
Retrieve metadata about a file.
writeFile (uri :Uri,内容:Uint8Array ):Thenable <void> _ _
Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.
文件系统错误
文件系统提供者应该使用这种类型来发出错误信号。
此类具有用于常见错误情况的工厂方法,例如FileNotFound
当文件或文件夹不存在时,请像这样使用它们:throw vscode.FileSystemError.FileNotFound(someUri);
Static
FileExists ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file or folder already exists, e.g. when creating but not overwriting a file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileIsADirectory ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file is a folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileNotADirectory ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file is not a folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
FileNotFound ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that a file or folder wasn't found.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
NoPermissions ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that an operation lacks required permissions.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
不可用(messageOrUri ?:字符串| Uri ):FileSystemError
Create an error to signal that the file system is unavailable or too busy to complete a request.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
Constructors
新的 FileSystemError ( messageOrUri ? : string | Uri ) : FileSystemError
Creates a new filesystem error.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
messageOrUri?: string | Uri | Message or uri. |
Returns | Description |
FileSystemError |
Properties
A code that identifies this error.
Possible values are names of errors, like FileNotFound,
or Unknown
for unspecified errors.
文件系统提供者
文件系统提供程序定义编辑器需要读取、写入、发现和管理文件和文件夹的内容。它允许扩展从远程位置(例如 ftp 服务器)提供文件服务,并将这些文件无缝集成到编辑器中。
Events
onDidChangeFile :事件< FileChangeEvent []>
An event to signal that a resource has been created, changed, or deleted. This event should fire for resources that are being watched by clients of this provider.
Note: It is important that the metadata of the file that changed provides an
updated mtime
that advanced from the previous value in the stat and a
correct size
value. Otherwise there may be optimizations in place that will not show
the change in an editor for example.
Methods
复制(源:Uri,目标:Uri,选项: {覆盖:布尔值} ):void | 然后可<无效>
Copy files or folders. Implementing this function is optional but it will speedup the copy operation.
- throws - FileNotFound when
source
doesn't exist.
- throws - FileNotFound when parent of
destination
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
destination
exists and when theoverwrite
option is nottrue
.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
Create a new directory (Note, that new files are created via write
-calls).
- throws - FileNotFound when the parent of
uri
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
uri
already exists.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
删除( uri : Uri ,选项: {recursive: boolean } ) : void | 然后可<无效>
Delete a file.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
readDirectory ( uri : Uri ) : Array<[字符串,文件类型]> | 然后可以<Array<[ string , FileType ]>>
Retrieve all entries of a directory.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
读取文件(uri :Uri ):Uint8Array | 然后可<Uint8Array> _
Read the entire contents of a file.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
重命名( oldUri : Uri , newUri : Uri , options : {overwrite: boolean } ) : void | 然后可<无效>
Rename a file or folder.
- throws - FileNotFound when
oldUri
doesn't exist.
- throws - FileNotFound when parent of
newUri
doesn't exist, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
newUri
exists and when theoverwrite
option is nottrue
.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
stat ( uri : Uri ) : FileStat | 然后可<FileStat> _
Retrieve metadata about a file.
Note that the metadata for symbolic links should be the metadata of the file they refer to.
Still, the SymbolicLink-type must be used in addition to the actual type, e.g.
FileType.SymbolicLink | FileType.Directory
.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist.
watch ( uri : Uri , options : {排除: readonly string [], recursive: boolean } ) :一次性
Subscribes to file change events in the file or folder denoted by uri
. For folders,
the option recursive
indicates whether subfolders, sub-subfolders, etc. should
be watched for file changes as well. With recursive: false
, only changes to the
files that are direct children of the folder should trigger an event.
The excludes
array is used to indicate paths that should be excluded from file
watching. It is typically derived from the files.watcherExclude
setting that
is configurable by the user. Each entry can be be:
- the absolute path to exclude
- a relative path to exclude (for example
build/output
) - a simple glob pattern (for example
**/build
,output/**
)
It is the file system provider's job to call onDidChangeFile for every change given these rules. No event should be emitted for files that match any of the provided excludes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file or folder to be watched. |
options: {excludes: readonly string[], recursive: boolean} | Configures the watch. |
Returns | Description |
Disposable | A disposable that tells the provider to stop watching the |
writeFile (uri :Uri,内容:Uint8Array,选项: {创建:布尔值,覆盖:布尔值} ):无效| 然后可<无效>
Write data to a file, replacing its entire contents.
- throws - FileNotFound when
uri
doesn't exist andcreate
is not set.
- throws - FileNotFound when the parent of
uri
doesn't exist andcreate
is set, e.g. no mkdirp-logic required.
- throws - FileExists when
uri
already exists,create
is set butoverwrite
is not set.
- throws - NoPermissions when permissions aren't sufficient.
文件系统观察者
文件系统观察器通知磁盘上或来自其他FileSystemProviders的文件和文件夹的更改。
FileSystemWatcher
要获取使用
createFileSystemWatcher的实例。
Events
An event which fires on file/folder change.
An event which fires on file/folder creation.
An event which fires on file/folder deletion.
Properties
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores change file system events.
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores creation file system events.
true if this file system watcher has been created such that it ignores delete file system events.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
文件类型
文件类型的枚举。类型File
和Directory
也可以是符号链接,在这种情况下使用FileType.File | FileType.SymbolicLink
和
FileType.Directory | FileType.SymbolicLink
。
Enumeration Members
未知:0
The file type is unknown.
文件:1
A regular file.
目录:2
A directory.
符号链接:64
A symbolic link to a file.
文件创建事件
将要创建文件时触发的事件。
要在创建文件之前对工作区进行修改,请使用解析为工作区 edit的 thenable 调用waitUntil函数。
Properties
文件:只读Uri []
The files that are going to be created.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable < WorkspaceEdit > ) : void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <任意> ) : void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<any> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
文件删除事件
Properties
文件:只读Uri []
The files that are going to be deleted.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable < WorkspaceEdit > ) : void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <任意> ) : void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<any> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
文件重命名事件
Properties
文件: ReadonlyArray<{newUri: Uri , oldUri: Uri }>
The files that are going to be renamed.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable < WorkspaceEdit > ) : void
Allows to pause the event and to apply a workspace edit.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillCreateFiles(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <任意> ) : void
Allows to pause the event until the provided thenable resolves.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<any> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
折叠上下文
折叠上下文(以供将来使用)
折叠范围
基于行的折叠范围。为了有效,起始行和结束行必须大于零且小于文档中的行数。无效范围将被忽略。
Constructors
new FoldingRange (开始:数字,结束:数字,种类?:FoldingRangeKind ):FoldingRange
Creates a new folding range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | The start line of the folded range. |
end: number | The end line of the folded range. |
kind?: FoldingRangeKind | The kind of the folding range. |
Returns | Description |
FoldingRange |
Properties
The zero-based end line of the range to fold. The folded area ends with the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
善良?:折叠范围种类
Describes the Kind of the folding range such as Comment or Region. The kind is used to categorize folding ranges and used by commands like 'Fold all comments'. See FoldingRangeKind for an enumeration of all kinds. If not set, the range is originated from a syntax element.
The zero-based start line of the range to fold. The folded area starts after the line's last character. To be valid, the end must be zero or larger and smaller than the number of lines in the document.
折叠范围种类
特定折叠范围类型的枚举。kind 是FoldingRange的可选字段
,用于区分特定的折叠范围,例如源自注释的范围。Fold all comments
该类型由或 之类的命令使用
Fold all regions
。如果未在范围上设置种类,则范围源自注释、导入或区域标记之外的语法元素。
Enumeration Members
评论:1
Kind for folding range representing a comment.
进口:2
Kind for folding range representing a import.
地区: 3
Kind for folding range representing regions originating from folding markers like #region
and #endregion
.
FoldingRangeProvider
折叠范围提供程序接口定义了编辑器中的扩展和折叠之间的契约 。
Events
onDidChangeFoldingRanges ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that the folding ranges from this provider have changed.
Methods
提供FoldingRanges (文档:TextDocument,上下文:FoldingContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < FoldingRange []>
Returns a list of folding ranges or null and undefined if the provider does not want to participate or was cancelled.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
context: FoldingContext | Additional context information (for future use) |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<FoldingRange[]> |
格式选项
描述应使用哪些选项格式的值对象。
Properties
Prefer spaces over tabs.
Size of a tab in spaces.
函数断点
由函数名称指定的断点。
Constructors
new FunctionBreakpoint (函数名:字符串,启用? :布尔值,条件? :字符串, hitCondition ? :字符串, logMessage ? :字符串) : FunctionBreakpoint
Create a new function breakpoint.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
functionName: string | |
enabled?: boolean | |
condition?: string | |
hitCondition?: string | |
logMessage?: string | |
Returns | Description |
FunctionBreakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
The name of the function to which this breakpoint is attached.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
全局环境变量集合
扩展可以应用于流程环境的突变的集合。适用于所有范围。
Properties
描述:字符串| 降价字符串
A description for the environment variable collection, this will be used to describe the changes in the UI.
Whether the collection should be cached for the workspace and applied to the terminal across window reloads. When true the collection will be active immediately such when the window reloads. Additionally, this API will return the cached version if it exists. The collection will be invalidated when the extension is uninstalled or when the collection is cleared. Defaults to true.
Methods
附加(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Append a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to append to. |
value: string | The value to append to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
Clears all mutators from this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Deletes this collection's mutator for a variable.
forEach (回调:(变量:字符串,变异器:EnvironmentVariableMutator,集合:EnvironmentVariableCollection )=>任何,thisArg ?:任何) : void
Iterate over each mutator in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (variable: string, mutator: EnvironmentVariableMutator, collection: EnvironmentVariableCollection) => any | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
get (变量:字符串) : EnvironmentVariableMutator
Gets the mutator that this collection applies to a variable, if any.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to get the mutator for. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableMutator |
getScoped (范围:EnvironmentVariableScope ):EnvironmentVariableCollection
Gets scope-specific environment variable collection for the extension. This enables alterations to terminal environment variables solely within the designated scope, and is applied in addition to (and after) the global collection.
Each object obtained through this method is isolated and does not impact objects for other scopes, including the global collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scope: EnvironmentVariableScope | The scope to which the environment variable collection applies to. If a scope parameter is omitted, collection applicable to all relevant scopes for that parameter is returned. For instance, if the 'workspaceFolder' parameter is not specified, the collection that applies across all workspace folders will be returned. |
Returns | Description |
EnvironmentVariableCollection | Environment variable collection for the passed in scope. |
前置(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Prepend a value to an environment variable.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to prepend. |
value: string | The value to prepend to the variable. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
替换(变量:字符串,值:字符串,选项?:EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions ):void
Replace an environment variable with a value.
Note that an extension can only make a single change to any one variable, so this will overwrite any previous calls to replace, append or prepend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
variable: string | The variable to replace. |
value: string | The value to replace the variable with. |
options?: EnvironmentVariableMutatorOptions | Options applied to the mutator, when no options are provided this will
default to |
Returns | Description |
void |
全局模式
用于匹配文件路径的文件全局模式。这可以是全局模式字符串(如**/*.{ts,js}
或*.{ts,js}
)或相对模式。
Glob 模式可以具有以下语法:
*
匹配路径段中的零个或多个字符?
匹配路径段中的一个字符**
匹配任意数量的路径段,包括没有{}
对条件进行分组(例如**/*.{ts,js}
匹配所有 TypeScript 和 JavaScript 文件)[]
声明要在路径段中匹配的字符范围(例如,example.[0-9]
匹配example.0
,example.1
, ...)[!...]
否定路径段中要匹配的一系列字符(例如,example.[!0-9]
匹配example.a
,example.b
,但不匹配example.0
)
注意:反斜杠 (``) 在 glob 模式中无效。如果您有要匹配的现有文件路径,请考虑使用相对模式支持,该支持负责将任何反斜杠转换为斜杠。否则,请确保在创建 glob 模式时将所有反斜杠转换为斜杠。
GlobPattern :字符串| 相对模式
徘徊
悬停代表符号或单词的附加信息。悬停在类似工具提示的小部件中呈现。
Constructors
新的悬停(内容:MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array< MarkdownString | MarkedString >,范围?:范围):悬停
Creates a new hover object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
contents: MarkdownString | MarkedString | Array<MarkdownString | MarkedString> | The contents of the hover. |
range?: Range | The range to which the hover applies. |
Returns | Description |
Hover |
Properties
内容:数组< MarkdownString | 标记字符串>
The contents of this hover.
范围?:范围
The range to which this hover applies. When missing, the editor will use the range at the current position or the current position itself.
悬停提供者
悬停提供程序接口定义了扩展和悬停功能之间的合同。
Methods
ProvideHover (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <悬停>
Provide a hover for the given position and document. Multiple hovers at the same position will be merged by the editor. A hover can have a range which defaults to the word range at the position when omitted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Hover> | A hover or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
实施提供者
实现提供者接口定义了扩展和转到实现功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideImplementation (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <定义| 位置链接[]>
Provide the implementations of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
缩进动作
描述按 Enter 键时如何处理缩进。
Enumeration Members
无: 0
Insert new line and copy the previous line's indentation.
缩进:1
Insert new line and indent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
缩进减少缩进:2
Insert two new lines:
- the first one indented which will hold the cursor
- the second one at the same indentation level
减少缩进:3
Insert new line and outdent once (relative to the previous line's indentation).
缩进规则
描述语言的缩进规则。
Properties
If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be unindented once (until another rule matches).
If a line matches this pattern, then all the lines after it should be indented once (until another rule matches).
If a line matches this pattern, then only the next line after it should be indented once.
If a line matches this pattern, then its indentation should not be changed and it should not be evaluated against the other rules.
镶嵌提示
镶嵌提示信息。
Constructors
new InlayHint (位置:位置,标签:字符串| InlayHintLabelPart [],种类? : InlayHintKind ) : InlayHint
Creates a new inlay hint.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | The position of the hint. |
label: string | InlayHintLabelPart[] | The label of the hint. |
kind?: InlayHintKind | The kind of the hint. |
Returns | Description |
InlayHint |
Properties
善良?:镶嵌提示种类
The kind of this hint. The inlay hint kind defines the appearance of this inlay hint.
标签:字符串| InlayHintLabelPart []
The label of this hint. A human readable string or an array of label parts.
Note that neither the string nor the label part can be empty.
Render padding before the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.
Render padding after the hint. Padding will use the editor's background color, not the background color of the hint itself. That means padding can be used to visually align/separate an inlay hint.
位置:位置
The position of this hint.
文本编辑? :文本编辑[]
Optional text edits that are performed when accepting this inlay hint. The default gesture for accepting an inlay hint is the double click.
Note that edits are expected to change the document so that the inlay hint (or its nearest variant) is now part of the document and the inlay hint itself is now obsolete.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
工具提示?:字符串| 降价字符串
The tooltip text when you hover over this item.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
镶嵌提示种类
镶嵌提示种类。
内联提示的类型定义了其外观,例如使用相应的前景色和背景色。
Enumeration Members
类型:1
An inlay hint that for a type annotation.
参数:2
An inlay hint that is for a parameter.
嵌体提示标签零件
嵌入提示标签部分允许嵌入提示的交互式和复合标签。
Constructors
新的InlayHintLabelPart (值:字符串):InlayHintLabelPart
Creates a new inlay hint label part.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The value of the part. |
Returns | Description |
InlayHintLabelPart |
Properties
命令?:命令
地点?:地点
An optional source code location that represents this label part.
The editor will use this location for the hover and for code navigation features: This part will become a clickable link that resolves to the definition of the symbol at the given location (not necessarily the location itself), it shows the hover that shows at the given location, and it shows a context menu with further code navigation commands.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
工具提示?:字符串| 降价字符串
The tooltip text when you hover over this label part.
Note that this property can be set late during resolving of inlay hints.
The value of this label part.
InlayHintsProvider<T>
嵌入提示提供者接口定义了扩展和嵌入提示功能之间的契约。
Events
onDidChangeInlayHints ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that inlay hints from this provider have changed.
Methods
ProvideInlayHints (文档: TextDocument ,范围: Range ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < T []>
Provide inlay hints for the given range and document.
Note that inlay hints that are not contained by the given range are ignored.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
range: Range | The range for which inlay hints should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of inlay hints or a thenable that resolves to such. |
solveInlayHint (提示:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T> _ _
Given an inlay hint fill in tooltip, text edits, or complete label parts.
Note that the editor will resolve an inlay hint at most once.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
hint: T | An inlay hint. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved inlay hint or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given |
内联完成上下文
提供有关请求内联完成的上下文的信息。
Properties
选定的完成信息:选定的完成信息
Provides information about the currently selected item in the autocomplete widget if it is visible.
If set, provided inline completions must extend the text of the selected item
and use the same range, otherwise they are not shown as preview.
As an example, if the document text is console.
and the selected item is .log
replacing the .
in the document,
the inline completion must also replace .
and start with .log
, for example .log()
.
Inline completion providers are requested again whenever the selected item changes.
触发器种类:内联完成触发器种类
Describes how the inline completion was triggered.
内联完成项
内联完成项表示建议内联以完成正在键入的文本的文本片段。
另请参见 InlineCompletionItemProvider.provideInlineCompletionItems
Constructors
new InlineCompletionItem ( insertText : string | SnippetString , range ? : Range , command ? : Command ) : InlineCompletionItem
Creates a new inline completion item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
insertText: string | SnippetString | The text to replace the range with. |
range?: Range | The range to replace. If not set, the word at the requested position will be used. |
command?: Command | An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion. |
Returns | Description |
InlineCompletionItem |
Properties
命令?:命令
An optional Command that is executed after inserting this completion.
A text that is used to decide if this inline completion should be shown. When falsy
the InlineCompletionItem.insertText is used.
An inline completion is shown if the text to replace is a prefix of the filter text.
插入文本:字符串| 片段字符串
The text to replace the range with. Must be set. Is used both for the preview and the accept operation.
范围?:范围
The range to replace. Must begin and end on the same line.
Prefer replacements over insertions to provide a better experience when the user deletes typed text.
内联完成项提供程序
内联完成项提供程序接口定义了扩展和内联完成功能之间的契约。
提供者被要求通过用户手势显式地或在键入时隐式地完成。
Methods
ProvideInlineCompletionItems (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,上下文: InlineCompletionContext ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < InlineCompletionList | 内联完成项[]>
Provides inline completion items for the given position and document.
If inline completions are enabled, this method will be called whenever the user stopped typing.
It will also be called when the user explicitly triggers inline completions or explicitly asks for the next or previous inline completion.
In that case, all available inline completions should be returned.
context.triggerKind
can be used to distinguish between these scenarios.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document inline completions are requested for. |
position: Position | The position inline completions are requested for. |
context: InlineCompletionContext | A context object with additional information. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<InlineCompletionList | InlineCompletionItem[]> | An array of completion items or a thenable that resolves to an array of completion items. |
内联完成列表
表示要在编辑器中呈现的内联完成项目的集合。
Constructors
新的 InlineCompletionList ( items : InlineCompletionItem [] ) : InlineCompletionList
Creates a new list of inline completion items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: InlineCompletionItem[] | |
Returns | Description |
InlineCompletionList |
Properties
项目:内联完成项目[]
The inline completion items.
内联完成触发器种类
描述如何触发内联完成提供程序。
Enumeration Members
调用:0
Completion was triggered explicitly by a user gesture. Return multiple completion items to enable cycling through them.
自动:1
Completion was triggered automatically while editing. It is sufficient to return a single completion item in this case.
内联值
内联值信息可以通过不同的方式提供:
- 直接作为文本值(类 InlineValueText)。
- 作为用于变量查找的名称(类 InlineValueVariableLookup)
- 作为可计算表达式(类 InlineValueEvaluatableExpression) InlineValue 类型将所有内联值类型组合为一种类型。
内联值上下文
从 InlineValuesProvider 请求内联值时包含上下文信息的值对象。
Properties
The stack frame (as a DAP Id) where the execution has stopped.
停止位置:范围
The document range where execution has stopped. Typically the end position of the range denotes the line where the inline values are shown.
内联值可评估表达式
通过表达式求值提供内联值。如果仅指定范围,则将从基础文档中提取表达式。可选表达式可用于覆盖提取的表达式。
Constructors
新的InlineValueEvaluatableExpression (范围:范围,表达式?:字符串):InlineValueEvaluatableExpression
Creates a new InlineValueEvaluatableExpression object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range in the underlying document from which the evaluatable expression is extracted. |
expression?: string | If specified overrides the extracted expression. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueEvaluatableExpression |
Properties
If specified the expression overrides the extracted expression.
范围:范围
The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the evaluatable expression from the underlying document.
内联值提供者
内联值提供程序接口定义扩展和编辑器的调试器内联值功能之间的契约。在此合同中,提供程序返回给定文档范围的内联值信息,并且编辑器在编辑器中的行尾显示此信息。
Events
onDidChangeInlineValues ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that inline values have changed.
See also EventEmitter
Methods
ProvideInlineValues (文档:TextDocument,viewPort :范围,上下文:InlineValueContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < InlineValue []>
Provide "inline value" information for a given document and range. The editor calls this method whenever debugging stops in the given document. The returned inline values information is rendered in the editor at the end of lines.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document for which the inline values information is needed. |
viewPort: Range | The visible document range for which inline values should be computed. |
context: InlineValueContext | A bag containing contextual information like the current location. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<InlineValue[]> | An array of InlineValueDescriptors or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
内联值文本
提供内联值作为文本。
Constructors
新的InlineValueText (范围:范围,文本:字符串):InlineValueText
Creates a new InlineValueText object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The document line where to show the inline value. |
text: string | The value to be shown for the line. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueText |
Properties
范围:范围
The document range for which the inline value applies.
The text of the inline value.
内联值变量查找
通过变量查找提供内联值。如果仅指定范围,则将从基础文档中提取变量名称。可选的变量名称可用于覆盖提取的名称。
Constructors
新的InlineValueVariableLookup (范围:范围,变量名称?:字符串,caseSensitiveLookup ?:布尔):InlineValueVariableLookup
Creates a new InlineValueVariableLookup object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The document line where to show the inline value. |
variableName?: string | The name of the variable to look up. |
caseSensitiveLookup?: boolean | How to perform the lookup. If missing lookup is case sensitive. |
Returns | Description |
InlineValueVariableLookup |
Properties
How to perform the lookup.
范围:范围
The document range for which the inline value applies. The range is used to extract the variable name from the underlying document.
If specified the name of the variable to look up.
输入框
一个具体的QuickInput让用户输入文本值。
请注意,在许多情况下,更方便的window.showInputBox 更易于使用。当window.showInputBox不能提供所需的灵活性时,应使用window.createInputBox 。
Events
onDidAccept :事件<void> _ _
An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the input value.
onDidChangeValue :事件<字符串>
An event signaling when the value has changed.
onDidHide :事件<void> _ _
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
onDidTriggerButton :事件<QuickInputButton> _ _
An event signaling when a button was triggered.
Properties
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
按钮:只读QuickInputButton []
Buttons for actions in the UI.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
If the input value should be hidden. Defaults to false.
Optional placeholder shown when no value has been input.
An optional prompt text providing some ask or explanation to the user.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
验证消息:字符串| 输入框验证消息
An optional validation message indicating a problem with the current input value. By returning a string, the InputBox will use a default InputBoxValidationSeverity of Error. Returning undefined clears the validation message.
Current input value.
Selection range in the input value. Defined as tuple of two number where the
first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined
the whole
pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,
otherwise the defined range will be selected.
This property does not get updated when the user types or makes a selection, but it can be updated by the extension.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
输入框选项
用于配置输入框 UI 行为的选项。
Properties
Set to true
to keep the input box open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
Controls if a password input is shown. Password input hides the typed text.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to type.
The text to display underneath the input box.
An optional string that represents the title of the input box.
The value to pre-fill in the input box.
Selection of the pre-filled value. Defined as tuple of two number where the
first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index. When undefined
the whole
pre-filled value will be selected, when empty (start equals end) only the cursor will be set,
otherwise the defined range will be selected.
Methods
validateInput (值:字符串):字符串| 输入框验证消息| thenable <字符串| 输入框验证消息>
An optional function that will be called to validate input and to give a hint to the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The current value of the input box. |
Returns | Description |
string | InputBoxValidationMessage | Thenable<string | InputBoxValidationMessage> | Either a human-readable string which is presented as an error message or an InputBoxValidationMessage
which can provide a specific message severity. Return |
输入框验证消息
用于配置验证消息的行为的对象。
Properties
The validation message to display.
严重性:InputBoxValidationSeverity
The severity of the validation message.
NOTE: When using InputBoxValidationSeverity.Error
, the user will not be allowed to accept (hit ENTER) the input.
Info
and Warning
will still allow the InputBox to accept the input.
输入框验证严重性
输入框验证的严重性级别。
Enumeration Members
信息:1
Informational severity level.
警告:2
Warning severity level.
错误:3
Error severity level.
语言配置
语言配置接口定义了扩展和各种编辑器功能之间的契约,例如自动括号插入、自动缩进等。
Properties
__characterPairSupport ?: {autoClosingPairs: Array<{close: string , notIn: string [], open: string }>}
Deprecated Do not use.
- deprecated - * Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
autoClosingPairs: Array<{close: string, notIn: string[], open: string}> |
|
__electricCharacterSupport ?: {括号:任何,docComment:{关闭:字符串,lineStart:字符串,打开:字符串,范围:字符串}}
Deprecated Do not use.
- deprecated - Will be replaced by a better API soon.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
brackets: any | This property is deprecated and will be ignored from the editor.
|
docComment: {close: string, lineStart: string, open: string, scope: string} | This property is deprecated and not fully supported anymore by the editor (scope and lineStart are ignored). Use the autoClosingPairs property in the language configuration file instead.
|
自动关闭对?:自动关闭配对[]
The language's auto closing pairs.
括号?:字符对[]
The language's brackets. This configuration implicitly affects pressing Enter around these brackets.
评论?:评论规则
The language's comment settings.
缩进规则? :缩进规则
The language's indentation settings.
onEnterRules ?: OnEnterRule []
The language's rules to be evaluated when pressing Enter.
The language's word definition. If the language supports Unicode identifiers (e.g. JavaScript), it is preferable to provide a word definition that uses exclusion of known separators. e.g.: A regex that matches anything except known separators (and dot is allowed to occur in a floating point number): /(-?\d.\d\w)|([^`~!#%^&*()-=+[{]}\|;:'",.<>/?\s]+)/g
语言状态项
语言状态项是为活动文本编辑器呈现语言状态报告的首选方式,例如选定的 linter 或通知配置问题。
Properties
可访问性信息? :辅助功能信息
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item
Controls whether the item is shown as "busy". Defaults to false
.
命令:命令
A command for this item.
Optional, human-readable details for this item.
The identifier of this item.
The short name of this item, like 'Java Language Status', etc.
选择器:文档选择器
A selector that defines for what editors this item shows.
严重性:语言状态严重性
The severity of this item.
Defaults to information. You can use this property to signal to users that there is a problem that needs attention, like a missing executable or an invalid configuration.
The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:
My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.
Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g.
light-bulb
, thumbsup
, zap
etc.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
语言状态严重性
表示语言状态的严重级别。
Enumeration Members
信息: 0
Informational severity level.
警告:1
Warning severity level.
错误:2
Error severity level.
链接编辑范围提供者
链接编辑范围提供程序接口定义扩展和链接编辑功能之间的合同。
Methods
提供LinkedEditingRanges (文档:TextDocument,位置:位置,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <LinkedEditingRanges> _
For a given position in a document, returns the range of the symbol at the position and all ranges that have the same content. A change to one of the ranges can be applied to all other ranges if the new content is valid. An optional word pattern can be returned with the result to describe valid contents. If no result-specific word pattern is provided, the word pattern from the language configuration is used.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the provider was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the provider was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<LinkedEditingRanges> | A list of ranges that can be edited together |
链接编辑范围
表示可以与单词模式一起编辑的范围列表,以描述有效范围内容。
Constructors
新的 LinkedEditingRanges (范围: Range [], wordPattern ? : RegExp ) : LinkedEditingRanges
Create a new linked editing ranges object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
ranges: Range[] | A list of ranges that can be edited together |
wordPattern?: RegExp | An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges |
Returns | Description |
LinkedEditingRanges |
Properties
范围:范围[]
A list of ranges that can be edited together. The ranges must have identical length and text content. The ranges cannot overlap.
An optional word pattern that describes valid contents for the given ranges. If no pattern is provided, the language configuration's word pattern will be used.
地点
表示资源内的位置,例如文本文件内的一行。
Constructors
新位置(uri :Uri,rangeOrPosition :范围|位置):位置
Creates a new location object.
Properties
范围:范围
The document range of this location.
乌里:乌里
The resource identifier of this location.
位置链接
代表两个位置的连接。提供正常位置的附加元数据,包括原点范围。
Properties
原点选择范围?:范围
Span of the origin of this link.
Used as the underlined span for mouse definition hover. Defaults to the word range at the definition position.
目标范围:范围
The full target range of this link.
目标选择范围?:范围
The span of this link.
目标Uri :Uri
The target resource identifier of this link.
日志级别
日志级别
Enumeration Members
关闭:0
No messages are logged with this level.
踪迹:1
All messages are logged with this level.
调试:2
Messages with debug and higher log level are logged with this level.
信息:3
Messages with info and higher log level are logged with this level.
警告:4
Messages with warning and higher log level are logged with this level.
错误:5
Only error messages are logged with this level.
日志输出通道
用于包含日志输出的通道。
LogOutputChannel
要获取使用
createOutputChannel的实例。
Events
An Event which fires when the log level of the channel changes.
Properties
日志级别:日志级别
The current log level of the channel. Defaults to editor log level.
The human-readable name of this output channel.
Methods
Append the given value to the channel.
Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.
Removes all output from the channel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Outputs the given debug message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display debug log level or lower.
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Outputs the given error or error message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display error log level or lower.
Hide this channel from the UI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Outputs the given information message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display info log level or lower.
Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.
Reveal this channel in the UI.
显示(列?:ViewColumn,保留焦点?:布尔值):无效
Reveal this channel in the UI.
- deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | This argument is deprecated and will be ignored. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
Outputs the given trace message to the channel. Use this method to log verbose information.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display trace log level.
Outputs the given warning message to the channel.
The message is only logged if the channel is configured to display warning log level or lower.
降价字符串
支持通过markdown 语法进行格式化的人类可读文本。
当supportThemeIcons设置为时,支持通过- 语法渲染主题图标。$(<name>)
true
当supportHtml设置为时,支持嵌入 html 的呈现true
。
Constructors
新的MarkdownString (值?:字符串,supportThemeIcons ?:布尔值):MarkdownString
Creates a new markdown string with the given value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value?: string | Optional, initial value. |
supportThemeIcons?: boolean | Optional, Specifies whether ThemeIcons are supported within the MarkdownString. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
Properties
基地址?:乌里
Uri that relative paths are resolved relative to.
If the baseUri
ends with /
, it is considered a directory and relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to that directory:
const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/dir/');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/dir/file.js'
If the baseUri
is a file, relative paths in the markdown are resolved relative to the parent dir of that file:
const md = new vscode.MarkdownString(`[link](./file.js)`);
md.baseUri = vscode.Uri.file('/path/to/otherFile.js');
// Here 'link' in the rendered markdown resolves to '/path/to/file.js'
是否值得信赖?:布尔值| {enabledCommands:只读字符串[]}
Indicates that this markdown string is from a trusted source. Only trusted
markdown supports links that execute commands, e.g. [Run it](command:myCommandId)
.
Defaults to false
(commands are disabled).
Indicates that this markdown string can contain raw html tags. Defaults to false
.
When supportHtml
is false, the markdown renderer will strip out any raw html tags
that appear in the markdown text. This means you can only use markdown syntax for rendering.
When supportHtml
is true, the markdown render will also allow a safe subset of html tags
and attributes to be rendered. See https://github.com/microsoft/vscode/blob/6d2920473c6f13759c978dd89104c4270a83422d/src/vs/base/browser/markdownRenderer.ts#L296
for a list of all supported tags and attributes.
Indicates that this markdown string can contain ThemeIcons, e.g. $(zap)
.
The markdown string.
Methods
appendCodeblock (值:字符串,语言?:字符串):MarkdownString
Appends the given string as codeblock using the provided language.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A code snippet. |
language?: string | An optional language identifier. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
附加Markdown (值:字符串):MarkdownString
Appends the given string 'as is' to this markdown string. When supportThemeIcons is true
, ThemeIcons in the value
will be iconified.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | Markdown string. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
附加文本(值:字符串):MarkdownString
Appends and escapes the given string to this markdown string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | Plain text. |
Returns | Description |
MarkdownString |
标记字符串
MarkedString 可用于呈现人类可读的文本。它可以是一个 Markdown 字符串,也可以是一个提供语言和代码片段的代码块。请注意,markdown 字符串将被清理 - 这意味着 html 将被转义。
- 已弃用- 此类型已弃用,请改用MarkdownString。
纪念
纪念品代表存储实用程序。它可以存储和检索值。
Methods
获取<T> (键:字符串):T _ _
Return a value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
key: string | A string. |
Returns | Description |
T | The stored value or |
Return a value.
Returns the stored keys.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
readonly string[] | The stored keys. |
update ( key : string , value : any ) : Thenable < void >
Store a value. The value must be JSON-stringifyable.
Note that using undefined
as value removes the key from the underlying
storage.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
key: string | A string. |
value: any | A value. MUST not contain cyclic references. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
消息项
Properties
A hint for modal dialogs that the item should be triggered when the user cancels the dialog (e.g. by pressing the ESC key).
Note: this option is ignored for non-modal messages.
A short title like 'Retry', 'Open Log' etc.
消息选项
Properties
Human-readable detail message that is rendered less prominent. Note that detail is only shown for modal messages.
Indicates that this message should be modal.
笔记本电脑
Properties
文档:文本文档
The text of this cell, represented as text document.
执行摘要:NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The most recent execution summary for this cell.
The index of this cell in its containing notebook. The
index is updated when a cell is moved within its notebook. The index is -1
when the cell has been removed from its notebook.
The kind of this cell.
The metadata of this cell. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
笔记本: NotebookDocument
The notebook that contains this cell.
输出:只读NotebookCellOutput []
The outputs of this cell.
笔记本细胞数据
NotebookCellData 是笔记本单元的原始表示。它是NotebookData的一部分。
Constructors
新的NotebookCellData (种类:NotebookCellKind,值:字符串,语言ID :字符串):NotebookCellData
Create new cell data. Minimal cell data specifies its kind, its source value, and the language identifier of its source.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: NotebookCellKind | The kind. |
value: string | The source value. |
languageId: string | The language identifier of the source value. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellData |
Properties
执行摘要? : NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The execution summary of this cell data.
The kind of this cell data.
The language identifier of the source value of this cell data. Any value from getLanguages is possible.
Arbitrary metadata of this cell data. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
输出?: NotebookCellOutput []
The outputs of this cell data.
The source value of this cell data - either source code or formatted text.
NotebookCell执行
NotebookCellExecution 是笔记本控制器在执行时修改笔记本单元的方式。
创建单元执行对象后,单元进入 [NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Pending Pending) 状态。当执行任务调用start(...)时,它进入 [NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Executing Executing) 状态。当 调用end(...)时,它进入 [NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle](#NotebookCellExecutionState.Idle Idle) 状态。
Properties
细胞:笔记本细胞
The cell for which this execution has been created.
Set and unset the order of this cell execution.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token which will be triggered when the cell execution is canceled from the UI.
Note that the cancellation token will not be triggered when the controller that created this execution uses an interrupt-handler.
Methods
appendOutput ( out : NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput [], cell ? : NotebookCell ) : Thenable < void >
Append to the output of the cell that is executing or to another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[] | Output that is appended to the current output. |
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
appendOutputItems ( items : NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem [],输出: NotebookCellOutput ) : Thenable < void >
Append output items to existing cell output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Output items that are append to existing output. |
output: NotebookCellOutput | Output object that already exists. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
clearOutput ( cell ? : NotebookCell ) : Thenable <void> _ _
Clears the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
Signal that execution has ended.
ReplaceOutput ( out : NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput [], cell ? : NotebookCell ) : Thenable < void >
Replace the output of the cell that is executing or of another cell that is affected by this execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
out: NotebookCellOutput | readonly NotebookCellOutput[] | Output that replaces the current output. |
cell?: NotebookCell | Cell for which output is cleared. Defaults to the cell of this execution. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
ReplaceOutputItems ( items : NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem [],输出: NotebookCellOutput ) : Thenable < void >
Replace all output items of existing cell output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem | readonly NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Output items that replace the items of existing output. |
output: NotebookCellOutput | Output object that already exists. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when the operation finished. |
Signal that the execution has begun.
NotebookCellExecutionSummary
笔记本单元执行的摘要。
Properties
The order in which the execution happened.
If the execution finished successfully.
The times at which execution started and ended, as unix timestamps
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
endTime: number | Execution end time. |
startTime: number | Execution start time. |
笔记本细胞类型
笔记本电池类型。
Enumeration Members
标记:1
A markup-cell is formatted source that is used for display.
代码:2
笔记本单元输出
笔记本单元输出表示执行单元的结果。它是多个输出项的容器类型, 其中包含的项表示相同的结果,但使用不同的 MIME 类型。
Constructors
新的 NotebookCellOutput (项目: NotebookCellOutputItem [],元数据? : ) : NotebookCellOutput
Create new notebook output.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: NotebookCellOutputItem[] | Notebook output items. |
metadata?: | Optional metadata. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutput |
Properties
项目:NotebookCellOutputItem []
The output items of this output. Each item must represent the same result. Note that repeated MIME types per output is invalid and that the editor will just pick one of them.
new vscode.NotebookCellOutput([
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hello', 'text/plain'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('<i>Hello</i>', 'text/html'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('_Hello_', 'text/markdown'),
vscode.NotebookCellOutputItem.text('Hey', 'text/plain') // INVALID: repeated type, editor will pick just one
]);
Arbitrary metadata for this cell output. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
NotebookCellOutputItem
笔记本输出的一种表示形式,由 MIME 类型和数据定义。
Static
错误(值:错误):NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.error
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: Error | An error object. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
json (值:任何,mime ?:字符串):NotebookCellOutputItem _
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
from
a JSON object.
Note that this function is not expecting "stringified JSON" but an object that can be stringified. This function will throw an error when the passed value cannot be JSON-stringified.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: any | A JSON-stringifyable value. |
mime?: string | Optional MIME type, defaults to |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
stderr (值:字符串):NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stderr
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
stdout (值:字符串):NotebookCellOutputItem
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
that uses
uses the application/vnd.code.notebook.stdout
mime type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
文本(值:字符串,mime ?:字符串):NotebookCellOutputItem _
Factory function to create a NotebookCellOutputItem
from a string.
Note that an UTF-8 encoder is used to create bytes for the string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | A string. |
mime?: string | Optional MIME type, defaults to |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem | A new output item object. |
Constructors
新的 NotebookCellOutputItem (数据:Uint8Array,mime :字符串):NotebookCellOutputItem
Create a new notebook cell output item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: Uint8Array | The value of the output item. |
mime: string | The mime type of the output item. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellOutputItem |
Properties
The data of this output item. Must always be an array of unsigned 8-bit integers.
The mime type which determines how the data-property is interpreted.
Notebooks have built-in support for certain mime-types, extensions can add support for new types and override existing types.
NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment
表示状态栏项目的对齐方式。
Enumeration Members
左:1
Aligned to the left side.
右:2
Aligned to the right side.
NotebookCellStatusBarItem
对单元格状态栏的贡献
Constructors
新的 NotebookCellStatusBarItem (文本:字符串,对齐方式:NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment ):NotebookCellStatusBarItem
Creates a new NotebookCellStatusBarItem.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
text: string | The text to show for the item. |
alignment: NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment | Whether the item is aligned to the left or right. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellStatusBarItem |
Properties
可访问性信息? :辅助功能信息
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this item.
对齐:NotebookCellStatusBarAlignment
Whether the item is aligned to the left or right.
命令?:字符串| 命令
The priority of the item. A higher value item will be shown more to the left.
The text to show for the item.
A tooltip to show when the item is hovered.
NotebookCellStatusBarItemProvider
可以向单元格编辑器下方显示的状态栏提供项目的提供程序。
Events
onDidChangeCellStatusBarItems ?:事件<无效>
An optional event to signal that statusbar items have changed. The provide method will be called again.
Methods
提供CellStatusBarItems (单元格:NotebookCell,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < NotebookCellStatusBarItem | NotebookCellStatusBarItem []>
The provider will be called when the cell scrolls into view, when its content, outputs, language, or metadata change, and when it changes execution state.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell: NotebookCell | The cell for which to return items. |
token: CancellationToken | A token triggered if this request should be cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<NotebookCellStatusBarItem | NotebookCellStatusBarItem[]> | One or more cell statusbar items |
笔记本控制器
笔记本控制器代表可以执行笔记本单元的实体。这通常称为内核。
可以有多个控制器,编辑器将让用户选择对某个笔记本电脑使用哪个控制器。notebookType 属性定义控制器适用于哪种类型的笔记本,而updateNotebookAffinity功能允许控制器为特定笔记本文档设置首选项。当选择控制器时,将触发其 onDidChangeSelectedNotebooks事件。
当单元正在运行时,编辑器将调用executeHandler ,并且控制器将创建并完成笔记本单元的执行。然而,控制者也可以自由地自己创建执行。
Events
onDidChangeSelectedNotebooks :事件<{notebook: NotebookDocument , selected: boolean }>
An event that fires whenever a controller has been selected or un-selected for a notebook document.
There can be multiple controllers for a notebook and in that case a controllers needs to be selected. This is a user gesture and happens either explicitly or implicitly when interacting with a notebook for which a controller was suggested. When possible, the editor suggests a controller that is most likely to be selected.
Note that controller selection is persisted (by the controllers id) and restored as soon as a controller is re-created or as a notebook is opened.
Properties
The human-readable description which is rendered less prominent.
The human-readable detail which is rendered less prominent.
executeHandler : (单元格: NotebookCell [], 笔记本: NotebookDocument , 控制器: NotebookController ) => void | 然后可<无效>
The execute handler is invoked when the run gestures in the UI are selected, e.g Run Cell, Run All, Run Selection etc. The execute handler is responsible for creating and managing execution-objects.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cells: NotebookCell[] | |
notebook: NotebookDocument | |
controller: NotebookController | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
The identifier of this notebook controller.
Note that controllers are remembered by their identifier and that extensions should use stable identifiers across sessions.
中断处理程序?: (笔记本: NotebookDocument ) => void | 然后可<无效>
Optional interrupt handler.
By default cell execution is canceled via tokens. Cancellation
tokens require that a controller can keep track of its execution so that it can cancel a specific execution at a later
point. Not all scenarios allow for that, eg. REPL-style controllers often work by interrupting whatever is currently
running. For those cases the interrupt handler exists - it can be thought of as the equivalent of SIGINT
or Control+C
in terminals.
Note that supporting cancellation tokens is preferred and that interrupt handlers should only be used when tokens cannot be supported.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebook: NotebookDocument | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
The human-readable label of this notebook controller.
The notebook type this controller is for.
An array of language identifiers that are supported by this controller. Any language identifier from getLanguages is possible. When falsy all languages are supported.
Samples:
// support JavaScript and TypeScript
myController.supportedLanguages = ['javascript', 'typescript'];
// support all languages
myController.supportedLanguages = undefined; // falsy
myController.supportedLanguages = []; // falsy
Whether this controller supports execution order so that the editor can render placeholders for them.
Methods
创建NotebookCellExecution (单元格:NotebookCell ):NotebookCellExecution
Create a cell execution task.
Note that there can only be one execution per cell at a time and that an error is thrown if a cell execution is created while another is still active.
This should be used in response to the execution handler being called or when cell execution has been started else, e.g when a cell was already executing or when cell execution was triggered from another source.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cell: NotebookCell | The notebook cell for which to create the execution. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCellExecution | A notebook cell execution. |
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
updateNotebookAffinity (笔记本:NotebookDocument,亲和力:NotebookControllerAffinity ):无效
A controller can set affinities for specific notebook documents. This allows a controller to be presented more prominent for some notebooks.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
notebook: NotebookDocument | The notebook for which a priority is set. |
affinity: NotebookControllerAffinity | A controller affinity |
Returns | Description |
void |
NotebookControllerAffinity
笔记本控制器对笔记本文档的亲和力。
Enumeration Members
默认值:1
Default affinity.
首选:2
A controller is preferred for a notebook.
笔记本数据
Constructors
新的 NotebookData (单元格: NotebookCellData [] ) : NotebookData
Create new notebook data.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
cells: NotebookCellData[] | An array of cell data. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookData |
Properties
单元格:NotebookCellData []
The cell data of this notebook data.
Arbitrary metadata of notebook data.
笔记本文档
Properties
The number of cells in the notebook.
true
if the notebook has been closed. A closed notebook isn't synchronized anymore
and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.
true
if there are unpersisted changes.
Is this notebook representing an untitled file which has not been saved yet.
Arbitrary metadata for this notebook. Can be anything but must be JSON-stringifyable.
The type of notebook.
乌里:乌里
The associated uri for this notebook.
Note that most notebooks use the file
-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all notebooks are
saved on disk and therefore the scheme
must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.
See also FileSystemProvider
The version number of this notebook (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).
Methods
cellAt (索引:数字):NotebookCell
Return the cell at the specified index. The index will be adjusted to the notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index of the cell to retrieve. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCell | A cell. |
getCells (范围?:NotebookRange ):NotebookCell []
Get the cells of this notebook. A subset can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted to the notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range?: NotebookRange | A notebook range. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookCell[] | The cells contained by the range or all cells. |
save ( ) :Thenable <boolean> _ _
Save the document. The saving will be handled by the corresponding serializer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that will resolve to true when the document has been saved. Will return false if the file was not dirty or when save failed. |
笔记本文档单元格更改
描述对笔记本单元的更改。
Properties
细胞:笔记本细胞
The affected cell.
文档:文本文档
The document of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
Note that you should use the onDidChangeTextDocument-event for detailed change information, like what edits have been performed.
执行摘要:NotebookCellExecutionSummary
The new execution summary of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
The new metadata of the cell or undefined
when it did not change.
输出:只读NotebookCellOutput []
The new outputs of the cell or undefined
when they did not change.
NotebookDocumentChangeEvent
描述事务笔记本更改的事件。
Properties
cellChanges :只读NotebookDocumentCellChange []
An array of cell changes.
contentChanges :只读NotebookDocumentContentChange []
An array of content changes describing added or removed cells.
The new metadata of the notebook or undefined
when it did not change.
笔记本: NotebookDocument
The affected notebook.
笔记本文档内容更改
描述笔记本文档的结构更改,例如新添加和删除的单元格。
Properties
添加的单元格:只读NotebookCell []
Cells that have been added to the document.
范围:笔记本范围
已删除的单元格:只读NotebookCell []
Cells that have been removed from the document.
笔记本文档内容选项
笔记本内容选项定义保留笔记本的哪些部分。笔记
例如,笔记本序列化器可以选择不保存输出,在这种情况下,当笔记本的输出发生更改时,编辑器不会将笔记本标记为脏。
Properties
Controls if a cell metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.
Controls if a document metadata property change event will trigger notebook document content change event and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist a metadata property in the file document, it should be set to true.
Controls if output change events will trigger notebook document content change events and if it will be used in the diff editor, defaults to false. If the content provider doesn't persist the outputs in the file document, this should be set to true.
NotebookDocumentShowOptions
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the notebook editor from taking focus.
An optional flag that controls if an notebook editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will
be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing. The default behaviour depends
on the workbench.editor.enablePreview
-setting.
选择?:只读NotebookRange []
An optional selection to apply for the document in the notebook editor.
视图列?:查看栏目
An optional view column in which the notebook editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
NotebookDocumentWillSave事件
保存笔记本文档时触发的事件。
要在保存文档之前对其进行修改,请使用解析 为工作区 edit的 thenable 调用waitUntil函数。
Properties
笔记本: NotebookDocument
The notebook document that will be saved.
The reason why save was triggered.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token.
Methods
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable < WorkspaceEdit > ) : void
Allows to pause the event loop and to apply workspace edit. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the notebook document happened.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillSaveNotebookDocument(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<WorkspaceEdit> | A thenable that resolves to workspace edit. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <任意> ) : void
Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<any> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
笔记本编辑
笔记本编辑表示应应用于笔记本内容的编辑。
Static
删除单元格(范围:NotebookRange ):NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that deletes cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | The range of cells to delete. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
insertCells (索引:数字,newCells :NotebookCellData [] ):NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that replaces cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index to insert cells at. |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | The new notebook cells. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
ReplaceCells (范围:NotebookRange,newCells :NotebookCellData [] ):NotebookEdit
Utility to create a edit that replaces cells in a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | The range of cells to replace |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | The new notebook cells. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
updateCellMetadata (索引:数字,newCellMetadata :):NotebookEdit _
Utility to create an edit that update a cell's metadata.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
index: number | The index of the cell to update. |
newCellMetadata: | The new metadata for the cell. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
updateNotebookMetadata ( newNotebookMetadata : ) : NotebookEdit
Utility to create an edit that updates the notebook's metadata.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
newNotebookMetadata: | The new metadata for the notebook. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
Constructors
新的 NotebookEdit (范围:NotebookRange,newCells :NotebookCellData [] ):NotebookEdit
Create a new notebook edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | A notebook range. |
newCells: NotebookCellData[] | An array of new cell data. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookEdit |
Properties
Optional new metadata for the cells.
newCells : NotebookCellData []
New cells being inserted. May be empty.
Optional new metadata for the notebook.
范围:笔记本范围
Range of the cells being edited. May be empty.
笔记本编辑器
表示附加到笔记本的笔记本编辑器。NotebookEditor 的其他属性可在建议的 API 中使用,该 API 将在稍后最终确定。
Properties
笔记本: NotebookDocument
The notebook document associated with this notebook editor.
选择:笔记本范围
The primary selection in this notebook editor.
选择:只读NotebookRange []
All selections in this notebook editor.
The primary selection (or focused range) is selections[0]
. When the document has no cells, the primary selection is empty { start: 0, end: 0 }
;
视图列?:查看栏目
The column in which this editor shows.
visibleRanges :只读NotebookRange []
The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically).
Methods
RevealRange (范围:NotebookRange,RevealType ?:NotebookEditorRevealType ):无效
Scroll as indicated by revealType
in order to reveal the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: NotebookRange | A range. |
revealType?: NotebookEditorRevealType | The scrolling strategy for revealing |
Returns | Description |
void |
NotebookEditorRevealType
表示附加到笔记本的笔记本编辑器。
Enumeration Members
默认值:0
The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
中心: 1
The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.
InCenterIfOutsideViewport : 2
If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
顶部:3
The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.
NotebookEditorSelectionChangeEvent
表示描述笔记本编辑器选择更改的事件。
Properties
笔记本编辑器:笔记本编辑器
The notebook editor for which the selections have changed.
选择:只读NotebookRange []
The new value for the notebook editor's selections.
NotebookEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent
表示描述笔记本编辑器的visibleRanges中的更改的事件。
Properties
笔记本编辑器:笔记本编辑器
The notebook editor for which the visible ranges have changed.
visibleRanges :只读NotebookRange []
The new value for the notebook editor's visibleRanges.
笔记本系列
笔记本范围表示两个单元索引的有序对。保证start小于或等于end。
Constructors
新的 NotebookRange (开始:数字,结束:数字):NotebookRange
Create a new notebook range. If start
is not
before or equal to end
, the values will be swapped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | start index |
end: number | end index. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRange |
Properties
The exclusive end index of this range (zero-based).
true
if start
and end
are equal.
The zero-based start index of this range.
Methods
with (更改: {结束:数字, 开始:数字} ) : NotebookRange
Derive a new range for this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {end: number, start: number} | An object that describes a change to this range. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookRange | A range that reflects the given change. Will return |
笔记本渲染器消息传递
渲染器消息传递用于与单个渲染器进行通信。它从notebooks.createRendererMessaging返回。
Events
onDidReceiveMessage :事件<{编辑器: NotebookEditor , 消息:任何}>
An event that fires when a message is received from a renderer.
Methods
postMessage (消息:任意,编辑器?:NotebookEditor ):Thenable <boolean> _
Send a message to one or all renderer.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: any | Message to send |
editor?: NotebookEditor | Editor to target with the message. If not provided, the message is sent to all renderers. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | a boolean indicating whether the message was successfully delivered to any renderer. |
笔记本序列化器
笔记本序列化器使编辑器能够打开笔记本文件。
从本质上讲,编辑器只知道笔记本数据结构,但不知道如何将该数据结构写入文件,也不知道如何从文件读取数据结构。笔记本串行器通过将字节反序列化为笔记本数据(反之亦然)来弥补这一差距。
Methods
deserializeNotebook (内容:Uint8Array,令牌:CancellationToken ):NotebookData | 然后是<NotebookData> _
Deserialize contents of a notebook file into the notebook data structure.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
content: Uint8Array | Contents of a notebook file. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
NotebookData | Thenable<NotebookData> | Notebook data or a thenable that resolves to such. |
SerializeNotebook (数据:NotebookData,令牌:CancellationToken ):Uint8Array | 然后可<Uint8Array> _
Serialize notebook data into file contents.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: NotebookData | A notebook data structure. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
Uint8Array | Thenable<Uint8Array> | An array of bytes or a thenable that resolves to such. |
输入规则时
描述按 Enter 键时要评估的规则。
Properties
动作:输入动作
The action to execute.
This rule will only execute if the text after the cursor matches this regular expression.
This rule will only execute if the text before the cursor matches this regular expression.
This rule will only execute if the text above the current line matches this regular expression.
OnTypeFormattingEditProvider
文档格式化提供者接口定义了扩展和格式化功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideOnTypeFormattingEdits (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置, ch :字符串,选项: FormattingOptions ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < TextEdit []>
Provide formatting edits after a character has been typed.
The given position and character should hint to the provider
what range the position to expand to, like find the matching {
when }
has been entered.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
ch: string | The character that has been typed. |
options: FormattingOptions | Options controlling formatting. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TextEdit[]> | A set of text edits or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
打开对话框选项
配置文件打开对话框行为的选项。
- 注 1:在 Windows 和 Linux 上,文件对话框不能同时是文件选择器和文件夹选择器,因此如果在这些平台上同时设置 和,
canSelectFiles
则会显示文件夹选择器。canSelectFolders
true
- 注2:显式设置
canSelectFiles
和canSelectFolders
tofalse
是徒劳的,然后编辑器会默默地调整选项来选择文件。
Properties
Allow to select files, defaults to true
.
Allow to select folders, defaults to false
.
Allow to select many files or folders.
默认Uri ? :乌里
The resource the dialog shows when opened.
A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g.
{
'Images': ['png', 'jpg']
'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}
A human-readable string for the open button.
Dialog title.
This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on open dialogs (for example, macOS).
输出通道
输出通道是只读文本信息的容器。
OutputChannel
要获取使用
createOutputChannel的实例。
Properties
The human-readable name of this output channel.
Methods
Append the given value to the channel.
Append the given value and a line feed character to the channel.
Removes all output from the channel.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide this channel from the UI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Replaces all output from the channel with the given value.
Reveal this channel in the UI.
显示(列?:ViewColumn,保留焦点?:布尔值):无效
Reveal this channel in the UI.
- deprecated - Use the overload with just one parameter (
show(preserveFocus?: boolean): void
).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | This argument is deprecated and will be ignored. |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
概述标尺车道
表示在概览标尺中渲染装饰的不同位置。概览标尺支持三个通道。
Enumeration Members
左:1
The left lane of the overview ruler.
中心:2
The center lane of the overview ruler.
右:4
The right lane of the overview ruler.
满:7
All lanes of the overview ruler.
参数信息
表示可调用签名的参数。参数可以有标签和文档注释。
Constructors
新的 ParameterInformation (标签: string | [ number , number ],文档? : string | MarkdownString ) : ParameterInformation
Creates a new parameter information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | [number, number] | A label string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. |
documentation?: string | MarkdownString | A doc string. |
Returns | Description |
ParameterInformation |
Properties
文档?:字符串| 降价字符串
The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.
The label of this signature.
Either a string or inclusive start and exclusive end offsets within its containing signature label. Note: A label of type string must be a substring of its containing signature information's label.
位置
Constructors
新位置(行:数字,字符:数字):位置
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line: number | A zero-based line value. |
character: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Position |
Properties
The zero-based character value.
The zero-based line value.
Methods
比较(其他:位置):数字
Compare this to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
number | A number smaller than zero if this position is before the given position, a number greater than zero if this position is after the given position, or zero when this and the given position are equal. |
isAfter (其他:位置):布尔值
Check if this position is after other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isAfterOrEqual (其他:位置):布尔值
Check if this position is after or equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isBefore (其他:位置):布尔值
Check if this position is before other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isBeforeOrEqual (其他:位置):布尔值
Check if this position is before or equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
isEqual (其他:位置):布尔值
Check if this position is equal to other
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
other: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
翻译(lineDelta ?:数字,characterDelta ?:数字):位置_ _
Create a new position relative to this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
lineDelta?: number | Delta value for the line value, default is |
characterDelta?: number | Delta value for the character value, default is |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position which line and character is the sum of the current line and character and the corresponding deltas. |
翻译(变化: {characterDelta:数字,lineDelta:数字} ):位置
Derived a new position relative to this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {characterDelta: number, lineDelta: number} | An object that describes a delta to this position. |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position that reflects the given delta. Will return |
with (行? :数字,字符? :数字) :位置
Create a new position derived from this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
line?: number | Value that should be used as line value, default is the existing value |
character?: number | Value that should be used as character value, default is the existing value |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position where line and character are replaced by the given values. |
with (更改: {字符:数字, 行:数字} ) :位置
Derived a new position from this position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {character: number, line: number} | An object that describes a change to this position. |
Returns | Description |
Position | A position that reflects the given change. Will return |
流程执行
任务的执行作为外部进程进行,无需 shell 交互。
Constructors
新的 ProcessExecution (进程:字符串,选项? : ProcessExecutionOptions ) : ProcessExecution
Creates a process execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
process: string | The process to start. |
options?: ProcessExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started process. |
Returns | Description |
ProcessExecution |
新的 ProcessExecution ( process : string , args : string [], options ? : ProcessExecutionOptions ) : ProcessExecution
Creates a process execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
process: string | The process to start. |
args: string[] | Arguments to be passed to the process. |
options?: ProcessExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started process. |
Returns | Description |
ProcessExecution |
Properties
The arguments passed to the process. Defaults to an empty array.
选项?:流程执行选项
The process options used when the process is executed. Defaults to undefined.
The process to be executed.
流程执行选项
流程执行的选项
Properties
The current working directory of the executed program or shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
The additional environment of the executed program or shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
进度<T>
定义报告进度更新的通用方式。
Methods
报告(值:T ):无效
Report a progress update.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: T | A progress item, like a message and/or an report on how much work finished |
Returns | Description |
void |
进度地点
编辑器中可以显示进度信息的位置。这取决于进度以视觉方式表示的位置。
Enumeration Members
源代码控制:1
Show progress for the source control viewlet, as overlay for the icon and as progress bar inside the viewlet (when visible). Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress nor a label to describe the operation.
窗口:10
Show progress in the status bar of the editor. Neither supports cancellation nor discrete progress.
Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax in the progress label.
通知:15
Show progress as notification with an optional cancel button. Supports to show infinite and discrete progress but does not support rendering of icons.
进度选项
描述进度应在何处以及如何显示的值对象。
Properties
Controls if a cancel button should show to allow the user to
cancel the long running operation. Note that currently only
ProgressLocation.Notification
is supporting to show a cancel
button.
位置:进度位置| {viewId:字符串}
The location at which progress should show.
A human-readable string which will be used to describe the operation.
提供者结果<T>
提供程序结果表示提供程序(如HoverProvider )可能返回的值。这一次这是实际的结果类型T
,例如Hover
,或者解析为该类型的thenable T
。此外,null
andundefined
可以直接返回或从 thenable 返回。
下面的代码片段是HoverProvider的所有有效实现:
let a: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return new Hover('Hello World');
}
};
let b: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return new Promise(resolve => {
resolve(new Hover('Hello World'));
});
}
};
let c: HoverProvider = {
provideHover(doc, pos, token): ProviderResult<Hover> {
return; // undefined
}
};
提供者结果:T | 未定义| 空| 然后可< T | 未定义| 空>
伪终端
定义终端 pty 的接口,使扩展能够控制终端。
Events
onDidChangeName ?:事件<字符串>
An event that when fired allows changing the name of the terminal.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Change the terminal name to "My new terminal".
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const changeNameEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidChangeName: changeNameEmitter.event,
open: () => changeNameEmitter.fire('My new terminal'),
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
onDidClose ? :事件<编号| 无效>
An event that when fired will signal that the pty is closed and dispose of the terminal.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
A number can be used to provide an exit code for the terminal. Exit codes must be
positive and a non-zero exit codes signals failure which shows a notification for a
regular terminal and allows dependent tasks to proceed when used with the
CustomExecution
API.
Example: Exit the terminal when "y" is pressed, otherwise show a notification.
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const closeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<void>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidClose: closeEmitter.event,
open: () => writeEmitter.fire('Press y to exit successfully'),
close: () => {},
handleInput: data => {
if (data !== 'y') {
vscode.window.showInformationMessage('Something went wrong');
}
closeEmitter.fire();
}
};
const terminal = vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'Exit example', pty });
terminal.show(true);
onDidOverrideDimensions ?:事件<TerminalDimensions> _ _
An event that when fired allows overriding the dimensions of the
terminal. Note that when set, the overridden dimensions will only take effect when they
are lower than the actual dimensions of the terminal (ie. there will never be a scroll
bar). Set to undefined
for the terminal to go back to the regular dimensions (fit to
the size of the panel).
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Override the dimensions of a terminal to 20 columns and 10 rows
const dimensionsEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<vscode.TerminalDimensions>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
onDidOverrideDimensions: dimensionsEmitter.event,
open: () => {
dimensionsEmitter.fire({
columns: 20,
rows: 10
});
},
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
onDidWrite :事件<字符串>
An event that when fired will write data to the terminal. Unlike Terminal.sendText which sends text to the underlying child pseudo-device (the child), this will write the text to parent pseudo-device (the terminal itself).
Note writing \n
will just move the cursor down 1 row, you need to write \r
as well
to move the cursor to the left-most cell.
Events fired before Pseudoterminal.open is called will be be ignored.
Example: Write red text to the terminal
const writeEmitter = new vscode.EventEmitter<string>();
const pty: vscode.Pseudoterminal = {
onDidWrite: writeEmitter.event,
open: () => writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[31mHello world\x1b[0m'),
close: () => {}
};
vscode.window.createTerminal({ name: 'My terminal', pty });
Example: Move the cursor to the 10th row and 20th column and write an asterisk
writeEmitter.fire('\x1b[10;20H*');
Methods
Implement to handle when the terminal is closed by an act of the user.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Implement to handle incoming keystrokes in the terminal or when an extension calls
Terminal.sendText. data
contains the keystrokes/text serialized into
their corresponding VT sequence representation.
打开(初始尺寸:终端尺寸):无效
Implement to handle when the pty is open and ready to start firing events.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
initialDimensions: TerminalDimensions | The dimensions of the terminal, this will be undefined if the terminal panel has not been opened before this is called. |
Returns | Description |
void |
setDimensions (尺寸:TerminalDimensions ):无效
Implement to handle when the number of rows and columns that fit into the terminal panel
changes, for example when font size changes or when the panel is resized. The initial
state of a terminal's dimensions should be treated as undefined
until this is triggered
as the size of a terminal isn't known until it shows up in the user interface.
When dimensions are overridden by
onDidOverrideDimensions, setDimensions
will
continue to be called with the regular panel dimensions, allowing the extension continue
to react dimension changes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
dimensions: TerminalDimensions | The new dimensions. |
Returns | Description |
void |
快速差异提供者
快速差异提供程序提供已修改资源的原始状态的uri 。编辑器将使用此信息来呈现文本中的临时差异。
Methods
ProvideOriginalResource ( uri : Uri , token : CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < Uri >
Provide a Uri to the original resource of any given resource uri.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the resource open in a text editor. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Uri> | A thenable that resolves to uri of the matching original resource. |
快速输入法
最初不可见的轻量级用户输入 UI。通过其属性对其进行配置后,扩展程序可以通过调用QuickInput.show使其可见。
有多种原因可能导致此 UI 必须隐藏,并且扩展程序将通过QuickInput.onDidHide收到通知。(示例包括:对QuickInput.hide 的显式调用、用户按 Esc 键、其他一些输入 UI 打开等)
用户按下 Enter 或其他暗示接受当前状态的手势不会自动隐藏此 UI 组件。由扩展决定是否接受用户的输入以及是否确实应该通过调用QuickInput.hide来隐藏 UI 。
当扩展不再需要此输入 UI 时,它应该 QuickInput.dispose它以允许释放与其关联的任何资源。
具体 UI参见QuickPick和InputBox 。
Events
onDidHide :事件<void> _ _
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
Properties
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
快速输入按钮
Properties
图标路径:Uri | 主题图标| {暗:Uri,亮:Uri }
Icon for the button.
An optional tooltip.
快速输入按钮
Static
返回:快速输入按钮
快速选择<T>
一个具体的QuickInput,让用户从 T 类型的项目列表中选择一个项目。可以通过过滤器文本字段过滤项目,并且有一个选项canSelectMany允许选择多个项目。
请注意,在许多情况下,更方便的window.showQuickPick 更易于使用。当window.showQuickPick不能提供所需的灵活性时,应使用window.createQuickPick 。
Events
onDidAccept :事件<void> _ _
An event signaling when the user indicated acceptance of the selected item(s).
An event signaling when the active items have changed.
onDidChangeSelection :事件<只读T []>
An event signaling when the selected items have changed.
onDidChangeValue :事件<字符串>
An event signaling when the value of the filter text has changed.
onDidHide :事件<void> _ _
An event signaling when this input UI is hidden.
There are several reasons why this UI might have to be hidden and the extension will be notified through QuickInput.onDidHide. (Examples include: an explicit call to QuickInput.hide, the user pressing Esc, some other input UI opening, etc.)
onDidTriggerButton :事件<QuickInputButton> _ _
An event signaling when a button in the title bar was triggered. This event does not fire for buttons on a QuickPickItem.
onDidTriggerItemButton :事件< QuickPickItemButtonEvent < T >>
An event signaling when a button in a particular QuickPickItem was triggered. This event does not fire for buttons in the title bar.
Properties
活动项目:只读T []
Active items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
If the UI should show a progress indicator. Defaults to false.
Change this to true, e.g., while loading more data or validating user input.
按钮:只读QuickInputButton []
Buttons for actions in the UI.
If multiple items can be selected at the same time. Defaults to false.
If the UI should allow for user input. Defaults to true.
Change this to false, e.g., while validating user input or loading data for the next step in user input.
If the UI should stay open even when loosing UI focus. Defaults to false. This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
项目:只读T []
Items to pick from. This can be read and updated by the extension.
An optional flag to maintain the scroll position of the quick pick when the quick pick items are updated. Defaults to false.
If the filter text should also be matched against the description of the items. Defaults to false.
If the filter text should also be matched against the detail of the items. Defaults to false.
Optional placeholder shown in the filter textbox when no filter has been entered.
所选项目:只读T []
Selected items. This can be read and updated by the extension.
An optional current step count.
An optional title.
An optional total step count.
Current value of the filter text.
Methods
Dispose of this input UI and any associated resources. If it is still visible, it is first hidden. After this call the input UI is no longer functional and no additional methods or properties on it should be accessed. Instead a new input UI should be created.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hides this input UI. This will also fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Makes the input UI visible in its current configuration. Any other input UI will first fire an QuickInput.onDidHide event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
快速选择项目
表示可以从项目列表中选择的项目。
Properties
Always show this item.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
按钮?:只读快速输入按钮[]
Optional buttons that will be rendered on this particular item. These buttons will trigger an QuickPickItemButtonEvent when clicked. Buttons are only rendered when using a quickpick created by the createQuickPick() API. Buttons are not rendered when using the showQuickPick() API.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in the same line. Supports rendering of
theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent in a separate line. Supports rendering of
theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
图标路径?:乌里| 主题图标| {暗:Uri,亮:Uri }
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the QuickPickItem.
善良?:快速选择项目种类
The kind of QuickPickItem that will determine how this item is rendered in the quick pick. When not specified, the default is QuickPickItemKind.Default.
A human-readable string which is rendered prominent. Supports rendering of theme icons via
the $(<name>)
-syntax.
Optional flag indicating if this item is picked initially. This is only honored when using the showQuickPick() API. To do the same thing with the createQuickPick() API, simply set the QuickPick.selectedItems to the items you want picked initially. (Note: This is only honored when the picker allows multiple selections.)
See also QuickPickOptions.canPickMany
Note: this property is ignored when kind is set to QuickPickItemKind.Separator
QuickPickItemButtonEvent<T>
当触发特定QuickPickItem中的按钮时发出信号的事件。标题栏中的按钮不会触发此事件。
Properties
按钮:快速输入按钮
The button that was clicked.
项目:T
The item that the button belongs to.
快速选择项目种类
快速挑选物品的那种。
Enumeration Members
分隔符:-1
When a QuickPickItem has a kind of Separator, the item is just a visual separator and does not represent a real item. The only property that applies is label . All other properties on QuickPickItem will be ignored and have no effect.
默认值:0
The default QuickPickItem.kind is an item that can be selected in the quick pick.
快速选择选项
用于配置快速选择 UI 行为的选项。
Events
onDidSelectItem ( item : string | QuickPickItem ) :任意
An optional function that is invoked whenever an item is selected.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: string | QuickPickItem | |
Returns | Description |
any |
Properties
An optional flag to make the picker accept multiple selections, if true the result is an array of picks.
Set to true
to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional flag to include the description when filtering the picks.
An optional flag to include the detail when filtering the picks.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
An optional string that represents the title of the quick pick.
范围
范围表示两个位置的有序对。保证start .isBeforeOrEqual( end )
Range 对象是不可变的。使用with、 intersection或union方法从现有范围派生新范围。
Constructors
Create a new range from two positions. If start
is not
before or equal to end
, the values will be swapped.
新范围(startLine :数字,startCharacter :数字,endLine :数字,endCharacter :数字):范围
Create a new range from number coordinates. It is a shorter equivalent of
using new Range(new Position(startLine, startCharacter), new Position(endLine, endCharacter))
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
startLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
startCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
endLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
endCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Range |
Properties
结束:位置
The end position. It is after or equal to start.
true
if start
and end
are equal.
true
if start.line
and end.line
are equal.
开始:位置
The start position. It is before or equal to end.
Methods
包含(positionOrRange :范围|位置):布尔值
Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.
Intersect range
with this range and returns a new range or undefined
if the ranges have no overlap.
isEqual (其他:范围):布尔值
Check if other
equals this range.
Compute the union of other
with this range.
Derived a new range from this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start?: Position | A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start. |
end?: Position | A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end. |
Returns | Description |
Range | A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.
If start and end are not different |
with (更改: {结束:位置, 开始:位置} ) :范围
Derived a new range from this range.
参考上下文
请求引用时包含附加信息的值对象。
Properties
Include the declaration of the current symbol.
参考提供者
参考提供者接口定义了扩展和查找参考功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideReferences (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,上下文: ReferenceContext ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < Location []>
Provide a set of project-wide references for the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
context: ReferenceContext | |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Location[]> | An array of locations or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
相对模式
相对模式是构造与基本文件路径相对匹配的全局模式的帮助器。基本路径可以是字符串或 uri 形式的绝对文件路径,也可以是工作空间文件夹,这是创建相对模式的首选方式。
Constructors
新的RelativePattern (基础:字符串| Uri | WorkspaceFolder,模式:字符串):RelativePattern
Creates a new relative pattern object with a base file path and pattern to match. This pattern will be matched on file paths relative to the base.
Example:
const folder = vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders?.[0];
if (folder) {
// Match any TypeScript file in the root of this workspace folder
const pattern1 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, '*.ts');
// Match any TypeScript file in `someFolder` inside this workspace folder
const pattern2 = new vscode.RelativePattern(folder, 'someFolder/*.ts');
}
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
base: string | Uri | WorkspaceFolder | A base to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. It is recommended to pass in a workspace folder if the pattern should match inside the workspace. Otherwise, a uri or string should only be used if the pattern is for a file path outside the workspace. |
pattern: string | A file glob pattern like |
Returns | Description |
RelativePattern |
Properties
A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively.
This matches the fsPath
value of RelativePattern.baseUri.
Note: updating this value will update RelativePattern.baseUri to
be a uri with file
scheme.
- deprecated - This property is deprecated, please use RelativePattern.baseUri instead.
基本Uri :Uri
A base file path to which this pattern will be matched against relatively. The
file path must be absolute, should not have any trailing path separators and
not include any relative segments (.
or ..
).
A file glob pattern like *.{ts,js}
that will be matched on file paths
relative to the base path.
Example: Given a base of /home/work/folder
and a file path of /home/work/folder/index.js
,
the file glob pattern will match on index.js
.
重命名提供者
重命名提供程序接口定义了扩展和重命名功能之间的契约。
Methods
准备重命名(文档:TextDocument,位置:位置,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <范围| {占位符:字符串,范围:范围}>
Optional function for resolving and validating a position before running rename. The result can be a range or a range and a placeholder text. The placeholder text should be the identifier of the symbol which is being renamed - when omitted the text in the returned range is used.
Note: This function should throw an error or return a rejected thenable when the provided location doesn't allow for a rename.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which rename will be invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which rename will be invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Range | {placeholder: string, range: Range}> | The range or range and placeholder text of the identifier that is to be renamed. The lack of a result can signaled by returning |
ProvideRenameEdits (文档:TextDocument,位置:位置,newName :字符串,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <WorkspaceEdit> _ _
Provide an edit that describes changes that have to be made to one or many resources to rename a symbol to a different name.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
newName: string | The new name of the symbol. If the given name is not valid, the provider must return a rejected promise. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<WorkspaceEdit> | A workspace edit or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
运行选项
运行任务的选项。
Properties
Controls whether task variables are re-evaluated on rerun.
保存对话框选项
配置文件保存对话框行为的选项。
Properties
默认Uri ? :乌里
The resource the dialog shows when opened.
A set of file filters that are used by the dialog. Each entry is a human-readable label, like "TypeScript", and an array of extensions, e.g.
{
'Images': ['png', 'jpg']
'TypeScript': ['ts', 'tsx']
}
A human-readable string for the save button.
Dialog title.
This parameter might be ignored, as not all operating systems display a title on save dialogs (for example, macOS).
秘密存储
代表秘密、敏感信息的存储实用程序。
Events
onDidChange :事件< SecretStorageChangeEvent >
Fires when a secret is stored or deleted.
Methods
删除(键:字符串):Thenable <void> _ _
Remove a secret from storage.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
key: string | The key the secret was stored under. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
get ( key : string ) : Thenable <string> _ _
Retrieve a secret that was stored with key. Returns undefined if there is no password matching that key.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
key: string | The key the secret was stored under. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<string> | The stored value or |
store ( key : string , value : string ) : Thenable < void >
Store a secret under a given key.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
key: string | The key to store the secret under. |
value: string | The secret. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
SecretStorageChangeEvent
添加或删除机密时触发的事件数据。
Properties
The key of the secret that has changed.
选定的完成信息
描述当前选择的完成项目。
Properties
范围:范围
The range that will be replaced if this completion item is accepted.
The text the range will be replaced with if this completion is accepted.
选择
表示编辑器中的文本选择。
Constructors
Create a selection from two positions.
新选择(anchorLine :数字,anchorCharacter :数字,activeLine :数字,activeCharacter :数字):选择
Create a selection from four coordinates.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
anchorLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
anchorCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
activeLine: number | A zero-based line value. |
activeCharacter: number | A zero-based character value. |
Returns | Description |
Selection |
Properties
活跃:位置
The position of the cursor. This position might be before or after anchor.
锚:位置
The position at which the selection starts. This position might be before or after active.
结束:位置
The end position. It is after or equal to start.
true
if start
and end
are equal.
true
if start.line
and end.line
are equal.
开始:位置
The start position. It is before or equal to end.
Methods
包含(positionOrRange :范围|位置):布尔值
Check if a position or a range is contained in this range.
Intersect range
with this range and returns a new range or undefined
if the ranges have no overlap.
isEqual (其他:范围):布尔值
Check if other
equals this range.
Compute the union of other
with this range.
Derived a new range from this range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start?: Position | A position that should be used as start. The default value is the current start. |
end?: Position | A position that should be used as end. The default value is the current end. |
Returns | Description |
Range | A range derived from this range with the given start and end position.
If start and end are not different |
with (更改: {结束:位置, 开始:位置} ) :范围
Derived a new range from this range.
选择范围
选择范围代表选择层次结构的一部分。选择范围可能有包含它的父选择范围。
Constructors
新的SelectionRange (范围:范围,父级?:SelectionRange ):SelectionRange
Creates a new selection range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range of the selection range. |
parent?: SelectionRange | The parent of the selection range. |
Returns | Description |
SelectionRange |
Properties
家长?:选择范围
The parent selection range containing this range.
范围:范围
The Range of this selection range.
选择范围提供者
选择范围提供程序接口定义了扩展和“扩展和收缩选择”功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideSelectionRanges (文档: TextDocument ,位置:只读Position [],令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult < SelectionRange []>
Provide selection ranges for the given positions.
Selection ranges should be computed individually and independent for each position. The editor will merge and deduplicate ranges but providers must return hierarchies of selection ranges so that a range is contained by its parent.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
positions: readonly Position[] | The positions at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SelectionRange[]> | Selection ranges or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
语义标记
Constructors
新的SemanticTokens (数据:Uint32Array,resultId ?:字符串):SemanticTokens
Create new semantic tokens.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
data: Uint32Array | Token data. |
resultId?: string | Result identifier. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokens |
Properties
The actual tokens data.
See also provideDocumentSemanticTokens for an explanation of the format.
The result id of the tokens.
This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
(if implemented).
语义标记生成器
语义标记生成器可以帮助创建SemanticTokens
包含增量编码语义标记的实例。
Constructors
新的SemanticTokensBuilder (图例?:SemanticTokensLegend ):SemanticTokensBuilder
Creates a semantic tokens builder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
legend?: SemanticTokensLegend | A semantic tokens legent. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensBuilder |
Methods
构建(resultId ?:字符串):SemanticTokens _
Finish and create a SemanticTokens
instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resultId?: string | |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokens |
Push (行:数字,字符:数字,长度:数字, tokenType :数字, tokenModifiers ? :数字) : void
Add another token.
推送(范围:范围,tokenType :字符串,tokenModifiers ?:只读字符串[ ] ):无效
Add another token. Use only when providing a legend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | The range of the token. Must be single-line. |
tokenType: string | The token type. |
tokenModifiers?: readonly string[] | The token modifiers. |
Returns | Description |
void |
语义标记编辑
表示对语义标记的编辑。
另请参阅 provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits以获取格式说明。
Constructors
新的SemanticTokensEdit (开始:数字,deleteCount :数字,数据?:Uint32Array ):SemanticTokensEdit
Create a semantic token edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
start: number | Start offset |
deleteCount: number | Number of elements to remove. |
data?: Uint32Array | Elements to insert |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensEdit |
Properties
The elements to insert.
The count of elements to remove.
The start offset of the edit.
语义标记编辑
表示对语义标记的编辑。
另请参阅 provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits以获取格式说明。
Constructors
新的 SemanticTokensEdits (编辑: SemanticTokensEdit [], resultId ? : string ) : SemanticTokensEdits
Create new semantic tokens edits.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
edits: SemanticTokensEdit[] | An array of semantic token edits |
resultId?: string | Result identifier. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensEdits |
Properties
编辑:SemanticTokensEdit []
The edits to the tokens data. All edits refer to the initial data state.
The result id of the tokens.
This is the id that will be passed to DocumentSemanticTokensProvider.provideDocumentSemanticTokensEdits
(if implemented).
语义标记图例
语义标记图例包含破译语义标记的整数编码表示所需的信息。
Constructors
新的 SemanticTokensLegend ( tokenTypes : string [], tokenModifiers ? : string [] ) : SemanticTokensLegend
Creates a semantic tokens legend.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
tokenTypes: string[] | An array of token types. |
tokenModifiers?: string[] | An array of token modifiers. |
Returns | Description |
SemanticTokensLegend |
Properties
The possible token modifiers.
The possible token types.
Shell执行
表示在 shell 内发生的任务执行。
Constructors
新的 ShellExecution (命令行:字符串,选项? : ShellExecutionOptions ) : ShellExecution
Creates a shell execution with a full command line.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
commandLine: string | The command line to execute. |
options?: ShellExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started the shell. |
Returns | Description |
ShellExecution |
新的 ShellExecution (命令: string | ShellQuotedString , args : Array< string | ShellQuotedString >, options ? : ShellExecutionOptions ) : ShellExecution
Creates a shell execution with a command and arguments. For the real execution the editor will
construct a command line from the command and the arguments. This is subject to interpretation
especially when it comes to quoting. If full control over the command line is needed please
use the constructor that creates a ShellExecution
with the full command line.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
command: string | ShellQuotedString | The command to execute. |
args: Array<string | ShellQuotedString> | The command arguments. |
options?: ShellExecutionOptions | Optional options for the started the shell. |
Returns | Description |
ShellExecution |
Properties
args :数组<字符串| Shell 引用字符串>
The shell args. Is undefined
if created with a full command line.
命令:字符串| Shell引用字符串
The shell command. Is undefined
if created with a full command line.
The shell command line. Is undefined
if created with a command and arguments.
选项?: Shell执行选项
The shell options used when the command line is executed in a shell. Defaults to undefined.
Shell执行选项
shell 执行的选项
Properties
The current working directory of the executed shell. If omitted the tools current workspace root is used.
The additional environment of the executed shell. If omitted the parent process' environment is used. If provided it is merged with the parent process' environment.
The shell executable.
The arguments to be passed to the shell executable used to run the task. Most shells
require special arguments to execute a command. For example bash
requires the -c
argument to execute a command, PowerShell
requires -Command
and cmd
requires both
/d
and /c
.
shell 引用? : ShellQuotingOptions
The shell quotes supported by this shell.
Shell引用字符串
根据所使用的 shell 将被引用的字符串。
Properties
引用:Shell引用
The quoting style to use.
The actual string value.
壳牌报价
定义如果参数包含空格或不受支持的字符,应如何引用该参数。
Enumeration Members
逃脱:1
Character escaping should be used. This for example uses \ on bash and ` on PowerShell.
强:2
Strong string quoting should be used. This for example
uses " for Windows cmd and ' for bash and PowerShell.
Strong quoting treats arguments as literal strings.
Under PowerShell echo 'The value is $(2 * 3)' will
print The value is $(2 * 3)
弱:3
Weak string quoting should be used. This for example
uses " for Windows cmd, bash and PowerShell. Weak quoting
still performs some kind of evaluation inside the quoted
string. Under PowerShell echo "The value is $(2 * 3)"
will print The value is 6
Shell报价选项
shell 引用选项。
Properties
逃跑?:字符串| {charsToEscape:字符串,escapeChar:字符串}
The character used to do character escaping. If a string is provided only spaces
are escaped. If a { escapeChar, charsToEscape }
literal is provide all characters
in charsToEscape
are escaped using the escapeChar
.
The character used for strong quoting. The string's length must be 1.
The character used for weak quoting. The string's length must be 1.
签名帮助
签名帮助表示可调用内容的签名。可以有多个签名,但只能有一个有效且只有一个有效参数。
Constructors
新的 SignatureHelp ( ) : SignatureHelp
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
SignatureHelp |
Properties
The active parameter of the active signature.
The active signature.
签名:签名信息[]
One or more signatures.
签名帮助上下文
有关触发SignatureHelpProvider 的上下文的其他信息 。
Properties
activeSignatureHelp :签名帮助
The currently active SignatureHelp.
The activeSignatureHelp
has its [SignatureHelp.activeSignature
] field updated based on
the user arrowing through available signatures.
true
if signature help was already showing when it was triggered.
Retriggers occur when the signature help is already active and can be caused by actions such as typing a trigger character, a cursor move, or document content changes.
Character that caused signature help to be triggered.
This is undefined
when signature help is not triggered by typing, such as when manually invoking
signature help or when moving the cursor.
Action that caused signature help to be triggered.
签名帮助提供者
签名帮助提供者接口定义了扩展和参数提示功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideSignatureHelp (文档: TextDocument ,位置:位置,令牌: CancellationToken ,上下文: SignatureHelpContext ) : ProviderResult < SignatureHelp >
Provide help for the signature at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
context: SignatureHelpContext | Information about how signature help was triggered. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<SignatureHelp> | Signature help or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
SignatureHelpProvider元数据
有关已注册SignatureHelpProvider 的元数据。
Properties
List of characters that re-trigger signature help.
These trigger characters are only active when signature help is already showing. All trigger characters are also counted as re-trigger characters.
List of characters that trigger signature help.
签名帮助触发种类
Enumeration Members
调用:1
Signature help was invoked manually by the user or by a command.
触发字符:2
Signature help was triggered by a trigger character.
内容更改:3
Signature help was triggered by the cursor moving or by the document content changing.
签名信息
代表可调用的东西的签名。签名可以有一个标签,例如函数名称、文档注释和一组参数。
Constructors
新的 SignatureInformation (标签:字符串,文档?:字符串| MarkdownString ):SignatureInformation
Creates a new signature information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | A label string. |
documentation?: string | MarkdownString | A doc string. |
Returns | Description |
SignatureInformation |
Properties
The index of the active parameter.
If provided, this is used in place of SignatureHelp.activeParameter.
文档?:字符串| 降价字符串
The human-readable doc-comment of this signature. Will be shown in the UI but can be omitted.
The label of this signature. Will be shown in the UI.
参数:参数信息[]
The parameters of this signature.
片段字符串
片段字符串是一个模板,允许插入文本并在插入时控制编辑器光标。
代码片段可以使用 ,
和$1
定义制表位和占位符。定义最后一个制表位,它默认为片段的末尾。变量用和
定义。另请参阅
完整的代码片段语法。$2
${3:foo}
$0
$name
${name:default value}
Constructors
新的 SnippetString (值? : string ) : SnippetString
Create a new snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value?: string | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString |
Properties
The snippet string.
Methods
appendChoice (值:只读字符串[],数字?:数字):SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a choice (${1|a,b,c|}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
values: readonly string[] | The values for choices - the array of strings |
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendPlaceholder (值:字符串| ( 片段 : SnippetString ) =>任何,数字? :数字) : SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a placeholder (${1:value}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any | The value of this placeholder - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created. |
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendTabstop (数字? :数字) : SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a tabstop ($1
, $2
etc) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
number?: number | The number of this tabstop, defaults to an auto-increment value starting at 1. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
附加文本(字符串:字符串):SnippetString
Builder-function that appends the given string to the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
string: string | A value to append 'as given'. The string will be escaped. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
appendVariable ( name : string , defaultValue : string | (snippet: SnippetString ) => any ) : SnippetString
Builder-function that appends a variable (${VAR}
) to
the value of this snippet string.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the variable - excluding the |
defaultValue: string | (snippet: SnippetString) => any | The default value which is used when the variable name cannot be resolved - either a string or a function with which a nested snippet can be created. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetString | This snippet string. |
片段文本编辑
片段编辑表示由编辑器执行的交互式编辑。
请注意,片段编辑始终可以像普通文本编辑一样执行。当没有打开匹配的编辑器或工作区编辑 包含多个文件的片段编辑时,就会发生这种情况。在这种情况下,只有那些与活动编辑器匹配的内容才会作为代码片段编辑执行,而其他内容则作为普通文本编辑执行。
Static
插入(位置:位置,片段:SnippetString ):SnippetTextEdit
Utility to create an insert snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | A position, will become an empty range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit | A new snippet edit object. |
替换(范围:范围,片段:SnippetString ):SnippetTextEdit
Utility to create a replace snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit | A new snippet edit object. |
Constructors
新的 SnippetTextEdit (范围:范围,片段:SnippetString ):SnippetTextEdit
Create a new snippet edit.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
snippet: SnippetString | A snippet string. |
Returns | Description |
SnippetTextEdit |
Properties
范围:范围
The range this edit applies to.
片段:片段字符串
The snippet this edit will perform.
源断点
由源位置指定的断点。
Constructors
new SourceBreakpoint (位置:位置,已启用?:布尔值,条件?:字符串,hitCondition ?:字符串,logMessage ?:字符串):SourceBreakpoint
Create a new breakpoint for a source location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Location | |
enabled?: boolean | |
condition?: string | |
hitCondition?: string | |
logMessage?: string | |
Returns | Description |
SourceBreakpoint |
Properties
An optional expression for conditional breakpoints.
Is breakpoint enabled.
An optional expression that controls how many hits of the breakpoint are ignored.
The unique ID of the breakpoint.
地点:地点
The source and line position of this breakpoint.
An optional message that gets logged when this breakpoint is hit. Embedded expressions within {} are interpolated by the debug adapter.
源代码控制
源代码管理能够 向编辑器提供资源状态,并以多种与源代码管理相关的方式与编辑器交互。
Properties
接受输入命令?:命令
Optional accept input command.
This command will be invoked when the user accepts the value in the Source Control input.
Optional commit template string.
The Source Control viewlet will populate the Source Control input with this value when appropriate.
The UI-visible count of resource states of this source control.
If undefined, this source control will
- display its UI-visible count as zero, and
- contribute the count of its resource states to the UI-visible aggregated count for all source controls
The id of this source control.
输入框:源控件输入框
The input box for this source control.
The human-readable label of this source control.
快速差异提供者?:快速差异提供者
An optional quick diff provider.
根Uri :Uri
The (optional) Uri of the root of this source control.
状态栏命令?:命令[]
Optional status bar commands.
These commands will be displayed in the editor's status bar.
Methods
createResourceGroup (id :字符串,标签:字符串):SourceControlResourceGroup
Create a new resource group.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | |
label: string | |
Returns | Description |
SourceControlResourceGroup |
Dispose this source control.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
源控件输入框
表示源代码管理视图中的输入框。
Properties
Controls whether the input box is enabled (default is true
).
A string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user.
Setter and getter for the contents of the input box.
Controls whether the input box is visible (default is true
).
源代码控制资源装饰
源控制资源状态的装饰。可以独立指定浅色和深色主题。
Properties
黑暗?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations
The dark theme decorations.
Whether the source control resource state should be faded in the UI.
The icon path for a specific source control resource state.
光?: SourceControlResourceThemableDecorations
The light theme decorations.
Whether the source control resource state should be striked-through in the UI.
The title for a specific source control resource state.
源控制资源组
源控制资源组是源控制资源状态的集合 。
Properties
Whether this source control resource group is hidden when it contains no source control resource states.
The id of this source control resource group.
The label of this source control resource group.
资源状态:SourceControlResourceState []
This group's collection of source control resource states.
Methods
Dispose this source control resource group.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
源控制资源状态
源代码控制资源状态表示特定源代码控制组内基础工作区资源的状态。
Properties
命令?:命令
The Command which should be run when the resource state is open in the Source Control viewlet.
Context value of the resource state. This can be used to contribute resource specific actions.
For example, if a resource is given a context value as diffable
. When contributing actions to scm/resourceState/context
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key scmResourceState
in when
expressions, like scmResourceState == diffable
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"scm/resourceState/context": [
{
"command": "extension.diff",
"when": "scmResourceState == diffable"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.diff
only for resources with contextValue
is diffable
.
装饰品?:源控件资源装饰
The decorations for this source control resource state.
资源Uri :Uri
The Uri of the underlying resource inside the workspace.
源控件资源主题装饰
源代码控制资源状态的主题感知装饰 。
Properties
The icon path for a specific source control resource state.
状态栏对齐
表示状态栏项目的对齐方式。
Enumeration Members
左:1
Aligned to the left side.
右:2
Aligned to the right side.
状态栏项
状态栏项目是状态栏贡献,可以显示文本和图标并在单击时运行命令。
Properties
可访问性信息:可访问性信息
Accessibility information used when a screen reader interacts with this StatusBar item
对齐:状态栏对齐
The alignment of this item.
背景颜色:主题颜色
The background color for this entry.
Note: only the following colors are supported:
new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.errorBackground')
new ThemeColor('statusBarItem.warningBackground')
More background colors may be supported in the future.
Note: when a background color is set, the statusbar may override
the color
choice to ensure the entry is readable in all themes.
颜色:字符串| 主题颜色
The foreground color for this entry.
命令:字符串| 命令
The identifier of this item.
Note: if no identifier was provided by the window.createStatusBarItem method, the identifier will match the extension identifier.
The name of the entry, like 'Python Language Indicator', 'Git Status' etc. Try to keep the length of the name short, yet descriptive enough that users can understand what the status bar item is about.
The priority of this item. Higher value means the item should be shown more to the left.
The text to show for the entry. You can embed icons in the text by leveraging the syntax:
My text $(icon-name) contains icons like $(icon-name) this one.
Where the icon-name is taken from the ThemeIcon icon set, e.g.
light-bulb
, thumbsup
, zap
etc.
工具提示:字符串| 降价字符串
The tooltip text when you hover over this entry.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources. Call hide.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide the entry in the status bar.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Shows the entry in the status bar.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
符号信息
表示有关变量、类、接口等编程结构的信息。
Constructors
新的SymbolInformation (名称:字符串,种类:SymbolKind,容器名称:字符串,位置:位置):SymbolInformation
Creates a new symbol information object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
containerName: string | The name of the symbol containing the symbol. |
location: Location | The location of the symbol. |
Returns | Description |
SymbolInformation |
新的SymbolInformation (名称:字符串,种类:SymbolKind,范围:范围,uri ?:Uri,containerName ?:字符串):SymbolInformation
Creates a new symbol information object.
- deprecated - Please use the constructor taking a Location object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
name: string | The name of the symbol. |
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the symbol. |
range: Range | The range of the location of the symbol. |
uri?: Uri | The resource of the location of symbol, defaults to the current document. |
containerName?: string | The name of the symbol containing the symbol. |
Returns | Description |
SymbolInformation |
Properties
The name of the symbol containing this symbol.
种类:符号种类
The kind of this symbol.
地点:地点
The location of this symbol.
The name of this symbol.
标签?:只读已弃用[]
Tags for this symbol.
符号种类
一种符号。
Enumeration Members
文件:0
The File
symbol kind.
模块:1
The Module
symbol kind.
命名空间:2
The Namespace
symbol kind.
套餐:3
The Package
symbol kind.
等级:4
The Class
symbol kind.
方法:5
The Method
symbol kind.
房产:6
The Property
symbol kind.
场数:7
The Field
symbol kind.
建造者:8
The Constructor
symbol kind.
枚举:9
The Enum
symbol kind.
接口:10个
The Interface
symbol kind.
功能:11
The Function
symbol kind.
变量:12
The Variable
symbol kind.
常数:13
The Constant
symbol kind.
字符串:14
The String
symbol kind.
数量:15
The Number
symbol kind.
布尔值:16
The Boolean
symbol kind.
阵列:17
The Array
symbol kind.
对象:18
The Object
symbol kind.
钥匙:19
The Key
symbol kind.
空:20
The Null
symbol kind.
枚举成员:21
The EnumMember
symbol kind.
结构:22
The Struct
symbol kind.
活动:23
The Event
symbol kind.
操作员:24
The Operator
symbol kind.
类型参数:25
The TypeParameter
symbol kind.
符号标签
符号标签是调整符号渲染的额外注释。
Enumeration Members
已弃用:1
Render a symbol as obsolete, usually using a strike-out.
语法令牌类型
常见语法标记类型的枚举。
Enumeration Members
其他:0
Everything except tokens that are part of comments, string literals and regular expressions.
评论:1
A comment.
字符串:2
A string literal.
正则表达式:3
A regular expression.
标签
代表一组选项卡中的一个选项卡。选项卡只是编辑器区域内的图形表示。支持编辑器并不能保证。
Properties
组:选项卡组
The group which the tab belongs to.
Defines the structure of the tab i.e. text, notebook, custom, etc. Resource and other useful properties are defined on the tab kind.
Whether or not the tab is currently active. This is dictated by being the selected tab in the group.
Whether or not the dirty indicator is present on the tab.
Whether or not the tab is pinned (pin icon is present).
Whether or not the tab is in preview mode.
The text displayed on the tab.
TabChange事件
描述选项卡更改的事件。
Properties
更改:只读选项卡[]
Tabs that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.
关闭:只读选项卡[]
The tabs that have been closed.
打开:只读选项卡[]
The tabs that have been opened.
选项卡组
代表一组选项卡。选项卡组本身由多个选项卡组成。
Properties
活动选项卡:选项卡
The active tab in the group. This is the tab whose contents are currently being rendered.
Note that there can be one active tab per group but there can only be one active group.
Whether or not the group is currently active.
Note that only one tab group is active at a time, but that multiple tab groups can have an active tab.
See also Tab.isActive
tabs :只读Tab []
The list of tabs contained within the group. This can be empty if the group has no tabs open.
视图列:视图列
The view column of the group.
TabGroupChange事件
描述选项卡组更改的事件。
Properties
更改:只读TabGroup []
Tab groups that have changed, e.g have changed their active state.
关闭:只读TabGroup []
Tab groups that have been closed.
打开:只读TabGroup []
Tab groups that have been opened.
选项卡组
表示主编辑器区域,由多个包含选项卡的组组成。
Events
onDidChangeTabGroups :事件<TabGroupChangeEvent> _ _
An event which fires when tab groups have changed.
onDidChangeTabs :事件<TabChangeEvent> _ _
Properties
活动选项卡组:选项卡组
The currently active group.
all :只读TabGroup []
All the groups within the group container.
Methods
close ( tab : Tab | readonly Tab [], keepFocus ? : boolean ) : Thenable < boolean >
Closes the tab. This makes the tab object invalid and the tab should no longer be used for further actions. Note: In the case of a dirty tab, a confirmation dialog will be shown which may be cancelled. If cancelled the tab is still valid
close ( tabGroup : TabGroup | readonly TabGroup [], keepFocus ? : boolean ) : Thenable < boolean >
Closes the tab group. This makes the tab group object invalid and the tab group should no longer be used for further actions.
Tab输入自定义
该选项卡代表自定义编辑器。
Constructors
new TabInputCustom ( uri : Uri , viewType : string ) : TabInputCustom
Constructs a custom editor tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the tab. |
viewType: string | The viewtype of the custom editor. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputCustom |
Properties
乌里:乌里
The uri that the tab is representing.
The type of custom editor.
Tab输入笔记本
该选项卡代表一个笔记本。
Constructors
新的TabInputNotebook (uri :Uri,notebookType :字符串):TabInputNotebook
Constructs a new tab input for a notebook.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the notebook. |
notebookType: string | The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputNotebook |
Properties
The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType
乌里:乌里
The uri that the tab is representing.
TabInputNotebookDiff
这些选项卡代表不同配置中的两个笔记本。
Constructors
new TabInputNotebookDiff (原始:Uri,修改:Uri,notebookType :字符串):TabInputNotebookDiff
Constructs a notebook diff tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
original: Uri | The uri of the original unmodified notebook. |
modified: Uri | The uri of the modified notebook. |
notebookType: string | The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputNotebookDiff |
Properties
修改:乌里
The uri of the modified notebook.
The type of notebook. Maps to NotebookDocuments's notebookType
原作:乌里
The uri of the original notebook.
Tab输入终端
该选项卡代表编辑器区域中的终端。
Constructors
新的 TabInputTerminal ( ) : TabInputTerminal
Constructs a terminal tab input.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
TabInputTerminal |
制表符输入文本
该选项卡代表单个基于文本的资源。
Constructors
新的 TabInputText ( uri : Uri ) : TabInputText
Constructs a text tab input with the given URI.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The URI of the tab. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputText |
Properties
乌里:乌里
The uri represented by the tab.
Tab输入文本差异
该选项卡表示两个基于文本的资源被呈现为差异。
Constructors
新的TabInputTextDiff (原始:Uri,修改:Uri ):TabInputTextDiff
Constructs a new text diff tab input with the given URIs.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
original: Uri | The uri of the original text resource. |
modified: Uri | The uri of the modified text resource. |
Returns | Description |
TabInputTextDiff |
Properties
修改:乌里
The uri of the modified text resource.
原作:乌里
The uri of the original text resource.
TabInputWebview
该选项卡代表一个网络视图。
Constructors
新的 TabInputWebview ( viewType : string ) : TabInputWebview
Constructs a webview tab input with the given view type.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewType: string | The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType |
Returns | Description |
TabInputWebview |
Properties
The type of webview. Maps to WebviewPanel's viewType
任务
要执行的任务
Constructors
新任务(任务定义:任务定义,范围:工作空间文件夹|全局|工作空间,名称:字符串,源:字符串,执行?:ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution,问题匹配器?:字符串|字符串[] ):任务
Creates a new task.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition | The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. |
scope: WorkspaceFolder | Global | Workspace | Specifies the task's scope. It is either a global or a workspace task or a task for a specific workspace folder. Global tasks are currently not supported. |
name: string | The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. |
source: string | The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. |
execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | CustomExecution | The process or shell execution. |
problemMatchers?: string | string[] | the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
the |
Returns | Description |
Task |
新任务(任务定义:任务定义,名称:字符串,源:字符串,执行?:ProcessExecution | ShellExecution,问题匹配器?:字符串|字符串[] ):任务
Creates a new task.
- deprecated - Use the new constructors that allow specifying a scope for the task.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
taskDefinition: TaskDefinition | The task definition as defined in the taskDefinitions extension point. |
name: string | The task's name. Is presented in the user interface. |
source: string | The task's source (e.g. 'gulp', 'npm', ...). Is presented in the user interface. |
execution?: ProcessExecution | ShellExecution | The process or shell execution. |
problemMatchers?: string | string[] | the names of problem matchers to use, like '$tsc'
or '$eslint'. Problem matchers can be contributed by an extension using
the |
Returns | Description |
Task |
Properties
定义:任务定义
The task's definition.
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominently on a separate line in places
where the task's name is displayed. Supports rendering of theme icons
via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
The task's execution engine
组?:任务组
The task group this tasks belongs to. See TaskGroup for a predefined set of available groups. Defaults to undefined meaning that the task doesn't belong to any special group.
Whether the task is a background task or not.
The task's name
演示选项:任务演示选项
The presentation options. Defaults to an empty literal.
The problem matchers attached to the task. Defaults to an empty array.
运行选项:运行选项
Run options for the task
The task's scope.
A human-readable string describing the source of this shell task, e.g. 'gulp'
or 'npm'. Supports rendering of theme icons via the $(<name>)
-syntax.
任务定义
定义系统中任务类型的结构。该值必须是可 JSON 字符串化的。
Properties
The task definition describing the task provided by an extension. Usually a task provider defines more properties to identify a task. They need to be defined in the package.json of the extension under the 'taskDefinitions' extension point. The npm task definition for example looks like this
interface NpmTaskDefinition extends TaskDefinition {
script: string;
}
Note that type identifier starting with a '$' are reserved for internal usages and shouldn't be used by extensions.
任务结束事件
表示已执行任务结束的事件。
该接口不打算被实现。
Properties
执行:任务执行
The task item representing the task that finished.
任务执行
代表已执行任务的对象。它可用于终止任务。
该接口不打算被实现。
Properties
任务:任务
The task that got started.
Methods
Terminates the task execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
任务过滤器
任务过滤器按版本和类型表示任务
Properties
The task type to return;
The task version as used in the tasks.json file. The string support the package.json semver notation.
任务组
任务分组。编辑器默认支持“Clean”、“Build”、“RebuildAll”和“Test”组。
Static
构建:任务组
The build task group;
清洁:任务组
The clean task group;
重建:任务组
The rebuild all task group;
测试:任务组
The test all task group;
Constructors
新任务组(id :字符串,标签:字符串):任务组
Private constructor
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier of a task group. |
label: string | The human-readable name of a task group. |
Returns | Description |
TaskGroup |
Properties
The ID of the task group. Is one of TaskGroup.Clean.id, TaskGroup.Build.id, TaskGroup.Rebuild.id, or TaskGroup.Test.id.
Whether the task that is part of this group is the default for the group. This property cannot be set through API, and is controlled by a user's task configurations.
任务面板类型
控制任务通道在任务之间的使用方式
Enumeration Members
共享: 1
Shares a panel with other tasks. This is the default.
专用:2
Uses a dedicated panel for this tasks. The panel is not shared with other tasks.
新:3
Creates a new panel whenever this task is executed.
任务演示选项
控制任务在 UI 中的呈现方式。
Properties
Controls whether the terminal is cleared before executing the task.
Controls whether the terminal is closed after executing the task.
Controls whether the command associated with the task is echoed in the user interface.
Controls whether the panel showing the task output is taking focus.
面板?:任务面板类型
Controls if the task panel is used for this task only (dedicated),
shared between tasks (shared) or if a new panel is created on
every task execution (new). Defaults to TaskInstanceKind.Shared
揭示?:任务揭示种类
Controls whether the task output is reveal in the user interface.
Defaults to RevealKind.Always
.
Controls whether to show the "Terminal will be reused by tasks, press any key to close it" message.
任务进程结束事件
通过任务触发的表示流程执行结束的事件
Properties
执行:任务执行
The task execution for which the process got started.
The process's exit code. Will be undefined
when the task is terminated.
任务进程开始事件
通过任务触发的表示流程执行开始的事件
Properties
执行:任务执行
The task execution for which the process got started.
The underlying process id.
任务提供者<T>
任务提供者允许将任务添加到任务服务。任务提供者通过tasks.registerTaskProvider注册。
Methods
提供任务(令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < T []>
Provides tasks.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | an array of tasks |
solveTask (任务:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T> _ _
Resolves a task that has no execution set. Tasks are
often created from information found in the tasks.json
-file. Such tasks miss
the information on how to execute them and a task provider must fill in
the missing information in the resolveTask
-method. This method will not be
called for tasks returned from the above provideTasks
method since those
tasks are always fully resolved. A valid default implementation for the
resolveTask
method is to return undefined
.
Note that when filling in the properties of task
, you must be sure to
use the exact same TaskDefinition
and not create a new one. Other properties
may be changed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
task: T | The task to resolve. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved task |
任务揭示种类
控制终端可见性的行为。
Enumeration Members
始终:1
Always brings the terminal to front if the task is executed.
沉默:2
Only brings the terminal to front if a problem is detected executing the task (e.g. the task couldn't be started because).
从来没有:3
The terminal never comes to front when the task is executed.
任务范围
任务的范围。
Enumeration Members
全球:1
The task is a global task. Global tasks are currently not supported.
工作空间:2
The task is a workspace task
任务开始事件
表示任务执行开始的事件。
该接口不打算被实现。
Properties
执行:任务执行
The task item representing the task that got started.
遥测记录器
遥测记录器,可由扩展使用来记录使用情况和错误遥测。
记录器环绕发送者,但它保证
- 禁用或调整遥测的用户设置受到尊重,并且
- 潜在的敏感数据被删除
它还启用了“回显 UI”,可以打印发送的任何数据,并允许编辑器将未处理的错误转发到相应的扩展。
要获取 a 的实例TelemetryLogger
,请使用
createTelemetryLogger
.
Events
onDidChangeEnableStates :事件< TelemetryLogger >
An Event which fires when the enablement state of usage or error telemetry changes.
Properties
Whether or not error telemetry is enabled for this logger.
Whether or not usage telemetry is enabled for this logger.
Methods
Dispose this object and free resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
logError (事件名称:字符串,数据?:记录<字符串,任意> ):void
Log an error event.
After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData
to log the event. Differs from logUsage
in that it will log the event if the telemetry setting is Error+.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
logError (错误:错误,数据?:记录<字符串,任意> ):void
Log an error event.
Calls TelemetrySender.sendErrorData
. Does cleaning, telemetry checks, and data mix-in.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
Will also automatically log any exceptions thrown within the extension host process.
logUsage ( eventName : string , data ? : Record < string , any > ) : void
Log a usage event.
After completing cleaning, telemetry setting checks, and data mix-in calls TelemetrySender.sendEventData
to log the event.
Automatically supports echoing to extension telemetry output channel.
遥测记录器选项
Properties
Any additional common properties which should be injected into the data object.
忽略BuiltInCommonProperties ?:布尔值
Whether or not you want to avoid having the built-in common properties such as os, extension name, etc injected into the data object.
Defaults to false
if not defined.
Whether or not unhandled errors on the extension host caused by your extension should be logged to your sender.
Defaults to false
if not defined.
遥测发送器
遥测发送者是遥测记录器和某些遥测服务之间的合同。请注意,扩展程序不得直接调用其发送者的方法,因为记录器提供额外的保护和清理。
const sender: vscode.TelemetrySender = {...};
const logger = vscode.env.createTelemetryLogger(sender);
// GOOD - uses the logger
logger.logUsage('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });
// BAD - uses the sender directly: no data cleansing, ignores user settings, no echoing to the telemetry output channel etc
sender.logEvent('myEvent', { myData: 'myValue' });
Methods
刷新():无效| 然后可<无效>
Optional flush function which will give this sender a chance to send any remaining events as its TelemetryLogger is being disposed
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
sendErrorData (错误:错误,数据? :记录<字符串,任意> ) : void
Function to send an error. Used within a TelemetryLogger
sendEventData (事件名称:字符串,数据? :记录<字符串,任意> ) : void
Function to send event data without a stacktrace. Used within a TelemetryLogger
遥测TrustedValue<T>
一个特殊的值包装器,表示一个不安全的值。当您可以保证值中不包含可识别信息并且清理不正确地编辑它时,可以使用此方法。
Constructors
新的 TelemetryTrustedValue < T > (值:T ):TelemetryTrustedValue < T >
Creates a new telementry trusted value.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: T | A value to trust |
Returns | Description |
TelemetryTrustedValue<T> |
Properties
值:T
The value that is trusted to not contain PII.
终端
集成终端内的单独终端实例。
Properties
The object used to initialize the terminal, this is useful for example to detecting the shell type of when the terminal was not launched by this extension or for detecting what folder the shell was launched in.
退出状态:终端退出状态
The exit status of the terminal, this will be undefined while the terminal is active.
Example: Show a notification with the exit code when the terminal exits with a non-zero exit code.
window.onDidCloseTerminal(t => {
if (t.exitStatus && t.exitStatus.code) {
vscode.window.showInformationMessage(`Exit code: ${t.exitStatus.code}`);
}
});
The name of the terminal.
processId :Thenable <数字>
The process ID of the shell process.
状态:终端状态
The current state of the Terminal.
Methods
Dispose and free associated resources.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Hide the terminal panel if this terminal is currently showing.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
sendText (文本:字符串,addNewLine ?:布尔值):无效
Send text to the terminal. The text is written to the stdin of the underlying pty process (shell) of the terminal.
Show the terminal panel and reveal this terminal in the UI.
端子尺寸
表示端子的尺寸。
Properties
The number of columns in the terminal.
The number of rows in the terminal.
终端编辑器位置选项
假定编辑器的TerminalLocation并允许指定ViewColumn和 preserveFocus属性
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the Terminal from taking focus.
视图列:视图列
A view column in which the terminal should be shown in the editor area. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
终端退出原因
终端退出原因种类。
Enumeration Members
未知:0
Unknown reason.
关机:1
The window closed/reloaded.
进程:2
The shell process exited.
用户:3
The user closed the terminal.
分机号:4
An extension disposed the terminal.
终端退出状态
表示终端如何退出。
Properties
The exit code that a terminal exited with, it can have the following values:
- Zero: the terminal process or custom execution succeeded.
- Non-zero: the terminal process or custom execution failed.
undefined
: the user forcibly closed the terminal or a custom execution exited without providing an exit code.
原因:终端退出原因
The reason that triggered the exit of a terminal.
终端链接
终端线路上的链接。
Constructors
new TerminalLink ( startIndex : number , length : number , tooltip ? : string ) : TerminalLink
Creates a new terminal link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
startIndex: number | The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line. |
length: number | The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line. |
tooltip?: string | The tooltip text when you hover over this link. If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on
how to trigger the link, such as |
Returns | Description |
TerminalLink |
Properties
The length of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.
The start index of the link on TerminalLinkContext.line.
The tooltip text when you hover over this link.
If a tooltip is provided, is will be displayed in a string that includes instructions on
how to trigger the link, such as {0} (ctrl + click)
. The specific instructions vary
depending on OS, user settings, and localization.
终端链接上下文
提供终端中线路的信息,以便为其提供链接。
Properties
This is the text from the unwrapped line in the terminal.
终端:终端
The terminal the link belongs to.
TerminalLinkProvider<T>
能够检测和处理终端内链接的提供程序。
Methods
handleTerminalLink (链接: T ) : ProviderResult < void >
Handle an activated terminal link.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
link: T | The link to handle. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<void> |
提供TerminalLinks (上下文:TerminalLinkContext,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < T []>
Provide terminal links for the given context. Note that this can be called multiple times
even before previous calls resolve, make sure to not share global objects (eg. RegExp
)
that could have problems when asynchronous usage may overlap.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
context: TerminalLinkContext | Information about what links are being provided for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | A list of terminal links for the given line. |
航站楼位置
终端的位置。
Enumeration Members
面板:1
In the terminal view
编辑:2
In the editor area
终端选项
描述终端应使用哪些选项的值对象。
Properties
颜色?:主题颜色
The icon ThemeColor for the terminal.
The terminal.ansi*
theme keys are
recommended for the best contrast and consistency across themes.
西德?:字符串| 乌里
A path or Uri for the current working directory to be used for the terminal.
Object with environment variables that will be added to the editor process.
When enabled the terminal will run the process as normal but not be surfaced to the user
until Terminal.show
is called. The typical usage for this is when you need to run
something that may need interactivity but only want to tell the user about it when
interaction is needed. Note that the terminals will still be exposed to all extensions
as normal.
图标路径?:乌里| 主题图标| {暗:Uri,亮:Uri }
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the terminal.
Opt-out of the default terminal persistence on restart and reload.
This will only take effect when terminal.integrated.enablePersistentSessions
is enabled.
地点?:终端编辑器位置选项| 终端分割位置选项| 航站楼位置
The TerminalLocation or TerminalEditorLocationOptions or TerminalSplitLocationOptions for the terminal.
A message to write to the terminal on first launch, note that this is not sent to the process but, rather written directly to the terminal. This supports escape sequences such a setting text style.
A human-readable string which will be used to represent the terminal in the UI.
Args for the custom shell executable. A string can be used on Windows only which allows specifying shell args in command-line format.
A path to a custom shell executable to be used in the terminal.
Whether the terminal process environment should be exactly as provided in
TerminalOptions.env
. When this is false (default), the environment will be based on the
window's environment and also apply configured platform settings like
terminal.integrated.env.windows
on top. When this is true, the complete environment
must be provided as nothing will be inherited from the process or any configuration.
终端配置文件
终端配置文件定义了终端的启动方式。
Constructors
新的 TerminalProfile (选项: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions ) : TerminalProfile
Creates a new terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
options: TerminalOptions | ExtensionTerminalOptions | The options that the terminal will launch with. |
Returns | Description |
TerminalProfile |
Properties
The options that the terminal will launch with.
终端配置文件提供者
通过 UI 或命令启动时,为贡献的终端配置文件提供终端配置文件。
Methods
提供终端配置文件(令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <终端配置文件>
Provide the terminal profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token that indicates the result is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TerminalProfile> | The terminal profile. |
终端分割位置选项
使用终端的父终端位置
Properties
父终端:终端
The parent terminal to split this terminal beside. This works whether the parent terminal is in the panel or the editor area.
终端状态
表示Terminal的状态。
Properties
Whether the Terminal has been interacted with. Interaction means that the terminal has sent data to the process which depending on the terminal's mode. By default input is sent when a key is pressed or when a command or extension sends text, but based on the terminal's mode it can also happen on:
- a pointer click event
- a pointer scroll event
- a pointer move event
- terminal focus in/out
For more information on events that can send data see "DEC Private Mode Set (DECSET)" on https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
测试控制器
发现和执行测试的入口点。它包含用于填充编辑器 UI 的 TestController.items ,并与运行配置文件关联以允许执行测试。
Properties
The id of the controller passed in tests.createTestController. This must be globally unique.
项目:测试项目集合
A collection of "top-level" TestItem instances, which can in turn have their own children to form the "test tree."
The extension controls when to add tests. For example, extensions should add tests for a file when workspace.onDidOpenTextDocument fires in order for decorations for tests within a file to be visible.
However, the editor may sometimes explicitly request children using the resolveHandler See the documentation on that method for more details.
Human-readable label for the test controller.
刷新处理程序:(令牌:CancellationToken)=>无效| 然后可<无效>
If this method is present, a refresh button will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, the extension should scan the workspace for any new, changed, or removed tests.
It's recommended that extensions try to update tests in realtime, using a FileSystemWatcher for example, and use this method as a fallback.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | A thenable that resolves when tests have been refreshed. |
解决处理程序?: (项目: TestItem ) => void | 然后可<无效>
A function provided by the extension that the editor may call to request
children of a test item, if the TestItem.canResolveChildren is
true
. When called, the item should discover children and call
TestController.createTestItem as children are discovered.
Generally the extension manages the lifecycle of test items, but under certain conditions the editor may request the children of a specific item to be loaded. For example, if the user requests to re-run tests after reloading the editor, the editor may need to call this method to resolve the previously-run tests.
The item in the explorer will automatically be marked as "busy" until the function returns or the returned thenable resolves.
Methods
createRunProfile (标签:字符串,种类: TestRunProfileKind , runHandler : ( 请求 : TestRunRequest , 令牌 : CancellationToken ) => void | Thenable < void >, isDefault ? :布尔值,标签? : TestTag ,支持连续运行? :布尔值) : TestRunProfile
Creates a profile used for running tests. Extensions must create at least one profile in order for tests to be run.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | A human-readable label for this profile. |
kind: TestRunProfileKind | Configures what kind of execution this profile manages. |
runHandler: (request: TestRunRequest, token: CancellationToken) => void | Thenable<void> | Function called to start a test run. |
isDefault?: boolean | Whether this is the default action for its kind. |
tag?: TestTag | Profile test tag. |
supportsContinuousRun?: boolean | Whether the profile supports continuous running. |
Returns | Description |
TestRunProfile | An instance of a TestRunProfile, which is automatically associated with this controller. |
createTestItem (id :字符串,标签:字符串,uri ?:Uri ):TestItem
Creates a new managed TestItem instance. It can be added into the TestItem.children of an existing item, or into the TestController.items.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | Identifier for the TestItem. The test item's ID must be unique in the TestItemCollection it's added to. |
label: string | Human-readable label of the test item. |
uri?: Uri | URI this TestItem is associated with. May be a file or directory. |
Returns | Description |
TestItem |
createTestRun (请求:TestRunRequest,名称?:字符串,持久?:布尔值):TestRun
Creates a TestRun. This should be called by the TestRunProfile when a request is made to execute tests, and may also be called if a test run is detected externally. Once created, tests that are included in the request will be moved into the queued state.
All runs created using the same request
instance will be grouped
together. This is useful if, for example, a single suite of tests is
run on multiple platforms.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
request: TestRunRequest | Test run request. Only tests inside the |
name?: string | The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example. |
persist?: boolean | Whether the results created by the run should be persisted in the editor. This may be false if the results are coming from a file already saved externally, such as a coverage information file. |
Returns | Description |
TestRun | An instance of the TestRun. It will be considered "running" from the moment this method is invoked until TestRun.end is called. |
Unregisters the test controller, disposing of its associated tests and unpersisted results.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
invalidateTestResults (项目? : TestItem | 只读TestItem [] ) : void
Marks an item's results as being outdated. This is commonly called when code or configuration changes and previous results should no longer be considered relevant. The same logic used to mark results as outdated may be used to drive continuous test runs.
If an item is passed to this method, test results for the item and all of its children will be marked as outdated. If no item is passed, then all test owned by the TestController will be marked as outdated.
Any test runs started before the moment this method is called, including runs which may still be ongoing, will be marked as outdated and deprioritized in the editor's UI.
测试项目
“测试资源管理器”视图中显示的项目。
ATestItem
可以代表测试套件或测试本身,因为它们都具有相似的功能。
Properties
Controls whether the item is shown as "busy" in the Test Explorer view. This is useful for showing status while discovering children.
Defaults to false
.
Indicates whether this test item may have children discovered by resolving.
If true, this item is shown as expandable in the Test Explorer view and expanding the item will cause TestController.resolveHandler to be invoked with the item.
Default to false
.
The children of this test item. For a test suite, this may contain the individual test cases or nested suites.
Optional description that appears next to the label.
错误:字符串| 降价字符串
Optional error encountered while loading the test.
Note that this is not a test result and should only be used to represent errors in test discovery, such as syntax errors.
Identifier for the TestItem
. This is used to correlate
test results and tests in the document with those in the workspace
(test explorer). This cannot change for the lifetime of the TestItem
,
and must be unique among its parent's direct children.
Display name describing the test case.
父级:测试项目
The parent of this item. It's set automatically, and is undefined top-level items in the TestController.items and for items that aren't yet included in another item's children.
范围:范围
Location of the test item in its uri.
This is only meaningful if the uri
points to a file.
A string that should be used when comparing this item
with other items. When falsy
the label
is used.
标签:只读测试标签[]
Tags associated with this test item. May be used in combination with tags, or simply as an organizational feature.
乌里:乌里
URI this TestItem
is associated with. May be a file or directory.
测试项目集合
测试项的集合,位于TestItem.children和 TestController.items中。
Properties
Gets the number of items in the collection.
Methods
添加(项目:测试项目):无效
Adds the test item to the children. If an item with the same ID already exists, it'll be replaced.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TestItem | Item to add. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Removes a single test item from the collection.
forEach (回调:(项目:TestItem,集合:TestItemCollection ) =>未知,thisArg ?:任何):无效
Iterate over each entry in this collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (item: TestItem, collection: TestItemCollection) => unknown | Function to execute for each entry. |
thisArg?: any | The |
Returns | Description |
void |
获取(项目ID :字符串):测试项目
Efficiently gets a test item by ID, if it exists, in the children.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
itemId: string | Item ID to get. |
Returns | Description |
TestItem | The found item or undefined if it does not exist. |
替换(项目:只读TestItem [] ):无效
Replaces the items stored by the collection.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
items: readonly TestItem[] | Items to store. |
Returns | Description |
void |
测试消息
与测试状态相关的消息。可以链接到特定的源范围——例如,对于断言失败很有用。
Static
diff (消息:字符串| MarkdownString,预期:字符串,实际:字符串):TestMessage
Creates a new TestMessage that will present as a diff in the editor.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | MarkdownString | Message to display to the user. |
expected: string | Expected output. |
actual: string | Actual output. |
Returns | Description |
TestMessage |
Constructors
新的 TestMessage (消息: string | MarkdownString ) : TestMessage
Creates a new TestMessage instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: string | MarkdownString | The message to show to the user. |
Returns | Description |
TestMessage |
Properties
Actual test output. If given with expectedOutput , a diff view will be shown.
Context value of the test item. This can be used to contribute message-
specific actions to the test peek view. The value set here can be found
in the testMessage
property of the following menus
contribution points:
testing/message/context
- context menu for the message in the results treetesting/message/content
- a prominent button overlaying editor content where the message is displayed.
For example:
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"testing/message/content": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteCommentThread",
"when": "testMessage == canApplyRichDiff"
}
]
}
}
The command will be called with an object containing:
test
: the TestItem the message is associated with, if it is still present in the TestController.items collection.message
: the TestMessage instance.
Expected test output. If given with actualOutput , a diff view will be shown.
地点?:地点
Associated file location.
消息:字符串| 降价字符串
Human-readable message text to display.
测试运行
TestRun 表示正在进行或已完成的测试运行,并提供报告运行中各个测试的状态的方法。
Properties
Whether the test run will be persisted across reloads by the editor.
The human-readable name of the run. This can be used to disambiguate multiple sets of results in a test run. It is useful if tests are run across multiple platforms, for example.
令牌:取消令牌
A cancellation token which will be triggered when the test run is canceled from the UI.
Methods
appendOutput (输出:字符串,位置?:位置,测试?:TestItem ):void
Appends raw output from the test runner. On the user's request, the
output will be displayed in a terminal. ANSI escape sequences,
such as colors and text styles, are supported. New lines must be given
as CRLF (\r\n
) rather than LF (\n
).
Signals the end of the test run. Any tests included in the run whose states have not been updated will have their state reset.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
入队(测试:TestItem ):无效
Indicates a test is queued for later execution.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
错误(测试:TestItem,消息:TestMessage | readonly TestMessage [],持续时间?:数字):void
Indicates a test has errored. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure. This differs from the "failed" state in that it indicates a test that couldn't be executed at all, from a compilation error for example.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[] | Messages associated with the test failure. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
失败(测试:TestItem,消息:TestMessage | readonly TestMessage [],持续时间?:数字):void
Indicates a test has failed. You should pass one or more TestMessages to describe the failure.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
message: TestMessage | readonly TestMessage[] | Messages associated with the test failure. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
通过(测试:TestItem,持续时间?:数字):无效
Indicates a test has passed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
duration?: number | How long the test took to execute, in milliseconds. |
Returns | Description |
void |
跳过(测试:TestItem ):无效
Indicates a test has been skipped.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
开始(测试:TestItem ):无效
Indicates a test has started running.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
test: TestItem | Test item to update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
测试运行配置文件
TestRunProfile 描述了在TestController中执行测试的一种方法。
Properties
If this method is present, a configuration gear will be present in the UI, and this method will be invoked when it's clicked. When called, you can take other editor actions, such as showing a quick pick or opening a configuration file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
Controls whether this profile is the default action that will be taken when its kind is actioned. For example, if the user clicks the generic "run all" button, then the default profile for TestRunProfileKind.Run will be executed, although the user can configure this.
Configures what kind of execution this profile controls. If there are no profiles for a kind, it will not be available in the UI.
Label shown to the user in the UI.
Note that the label has some significance if the user requests that
tests be re-run in a certain way. For example, if tests were run
normally and the user requests to re-run them in debug mode, the editor
will attempt use a configuration with the same label of the Debug
kind. If there is no such configuration, the default will be used.
runHandler : (请求: TestRunRequest , 令牌: CancellationToken ) => void | 然后可<无效>
Handler called to start a test run. When invoked, the function should call TestController.createTestRun at least once, and all test runs associated with the request should be created before the function returns or the returned promise is resolved.
If supportsContinuousRun is set, then TestRunRequest.continuous
may be true
. In this case, the profile should observe changes to
source code and create new test runs by calling TestController.createTestRun,
until the cancellation is requested on the token
.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
request: TestRunRequest | Request information for the test run. |
token: CancellationToken | |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
Whether this profile supports continuous running of requests. If so,
then TestRunRequest.continuous may be set to true
. Defaults
to false.
标签:测试标签
Associated tag for the profile. If this is set, only TestItem instances with the same tag will be eligible to execute in this profile.
Methods
Deletes the run profile.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
测试运行配置文件类型
TestRunProfiles控制的执行类型。
Enumeration Members
运行:1
The Run
test profile kind.
调试:2
The Debug
test profile kind.
覆盖范围:3
The Coverage
test profile kind.
测试运行请求
TestRunRequest 是TestRun的前身,而 TestRun 又是通过将请求传递给TestController.createTestRun来创建的。TestRunRequest 包含有关应该运行哪些测试、不应运行哪些测试以及如何运行它们的信息(通过配置文件)。
一般来说, TestRunRequests 由编辑器创建并传递给
TestRunProfile.runHandler,但是您也可以创建测试请求并在runHandler
.
Constructors
新的 TestRunRequest (包括? :只读TestItem [],排除? :只读TestItem [],配置文件? : TestRunProfile ,连续? :布尔值) : TestRunRequest
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
include?: readonly TestItem[] | Array of specific tests to run, or undefined to run all tests |
exclude?: readonly TestItem[] | An array of tests to exclude from the run. |
profile?: TestRunProfile | The run profile used for this request. |
continuous?: boolean | Whether to run tests continuously as source changes. |
Returns | Description |
TestRunRequest |
Properties
Whether the profile should run continuously as source code changes. Only relevant for profiles that set TestRunProfile.supportsContinuousRun.
排除:只读测试项[]
An array of tests the user has marked as excluded from the test included in this run; exclusions should apply after inclusions.
May be omitted if no exclusions were requested. Test controllers should not run excluded tests or any children of excluded tests.
包括:只读测试项[]
A filter for specific tests to run. If given, the extension should run all of the included tests and all their children, excluding any tests that appear in TestRunRequest.exclude. If this property is undefined, then the extension should simply run all tests.
The process of running tests should resolve the children of any test items who have not yet been resolved.
配置文件:测试运行配置文件
The profile used for this request. This will always be defined for requests issued from the editor UI, though extensions may programmatically create requests not associated with any profile.
测试标签
标签可以与TestItems和 TestRunProfiles关联。带有标签的配置文件只能执行在其TestItem.tags数组中包含该标签的测试。
Constructors
新的测试标签(id :字符串):测试标签
Creates a new TestTag instance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | ID of the test tag. |
Returns | Description |
TestTag |
Properties
ID of the test tag. TestTag
instances with the same ID are considered
to be identical.
文本文档
表示文本文档,例如源文件。文本文档包含 有关文件等底层资源的行和知识。
Properties
eol :行尾
The end of line sequence that is predominately used in this document.
The file system path of the associated resource. Shorthand notation for TextDocument.uri.fsPath. Independent of the uri scheme.
true
if the document has been closed. A closed document isn't synchronized anymore
and won't be re-used when the same resource is opened again.
true
if there are unpersisted changes.
Is this document representing an untitled file which has never been saved yet. Note that
this does not mean the document will be saved to disk, use Uri.scheme
to figure out where a document will be saved, e.g. file
, ftp
etc.
The identifier of the language associated with this document.
The number of lines in this document.
乌里:乌里
The associated uri for this document.
Note that most documents use the file
-scheme, which means they are files on disk. However, not all documents are
saved on disk and therefore the scheme
must be checked before trying to access the underlying file or siblings on disk.
See also
The version number of this document (it will strictly increase after each change, including undo/redo).
Methods
getText (范围?:范围):字符串
Get the text of this document. A substring can be retrieved by providing a range. The range will be adjusted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range?: Range | Include only the text included by the range. |
Returns | Description |
string | The text inside the provided range or the entire text. |
getWordRangeAtPosition (位置:位置,正则表达式? : RegExp ) :范围
Get a word-range at the given position. By default words are defined by common separators, like space, -, _, etc. In addition, per language custom [word definitions] can be defined. It is also possible to provide a custom regular expression.
- Note 1: A custom regular expression must not match the empty string and if it does, it will be ignored.
- Note 2: A custom regular expression will fail to match multiline strings and in the name of speed regular expressions should not match words with spaces. Use TextLine.text for more complex, non-wordy, scenarios.
The position will be adjusted.
lineAt (行:数字) : TextLine
Returns a text line denoted by the line number. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.
Returns a text line denoted by the position. Note that the returned object is not live and changes to the document are not reflected.
The position will be adjusted.
See also TextDocument.lineAt
offsetAt (位置:位置) :数字
Converts the position to a zero-based offset.
The position will be adjusted.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
position: Position | A position. |
Returns | Description |
number | A valid zero-based offset. |
positionAt (偏移量:数字):位置
Converts a zero-based offset to a position.
save ( ) :Thenable <boolean> _ _
Save the underlying file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that will resolve to |
Ensure a position is contained in the range of this document.
Ensure a range is completely contained in this document.
文本文档更改事件
描述交易文档更改的事件。
Properties
contentChanges :只读TextDocumentContentChangeEvent []
An array of content changes.
文档:文本文档
The affected document.
原因:文本文档更改原因
The reason why the document was changed.
Is undefined
if the reason is not known.
文本文档更改原因
文本文档发生更改的原因。
Enumeration Members
撤消:1
The text change is caused by an undo operation.
重做:2
The text change is caused by an redo operation.
文本文档内容更改事件
描述文档文本中的单独更改的事件。
Properties
范围:范围
The range that got replaced.
The length of the range that got replaced.
The offset of the range that got replaced.
The new text for the range.
文本文档内容提供者
文本文档内容提供程序允许将只读文档添加到编辑器,例如来自 dll 的源代码或从 md 生成的 html。
内容提供商注册 了uri-scheme。当要加载具有该方案的 uri 时,会询问内容提供者。
Events
An event to signal a resource has changed.
Methods
ProvideTextDocumentContent ( uri : Uri , token : CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <字符串>
Provide textual content for a given uri.
The editor will use the returned string-content to create a readonly document. Resources allocated should be released when the corresponding document has been closed.
Note: The contents of the created document might not be identical to the provided text due to end-of-line-sequence normalization.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | An uri which scheme matches the scheme this provider was registered for. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<string> | A string or a thenable that resolves to such. |
文本文档保存原因
表示保存文本文档的原因。
Enumeration Members
手册:1
Manually triggered, e.g. by the user pressing save, by starting debugging, or by an API call.
延迟后:2
Automatic after a delay.
焦点输出:3
When the editor lost focus.
文本文档显示选项
Properties
An optional flag that when true
will stop the editor from taking focus.
An optional flag that controls if an editor-tab shows as preview. Preview tabs will be replaced and reused until set to stay - either explicitly or through editing.
Note that the flag is ignored if a user has disabled preview editors in settings.
选择?:范围
An optional selection to apply for the document in the editor.
视图列?:查看栏目
An optional view column in which the editor should be shown. The default is the active. Columns that do not exist will be created as needed up to the maximum of ViewColumn.Nine. Use ViewColumn.Beside to open the editor to the side of the currently active one.
文本文档保存事件
Properties
文档:文本文档
The document that will be saved.
The reason why save was triggered.
Methods
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <readonly TextEdit []> ) : void
Allows to pause the event loop and to apply pre-save-edits. Edits of subsequent calls to this function will be applied in order. The edits will be ignored if concurrent modifications of the document happened.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch and not in an asynchronous manner:
workspace.onWillSaveTextDocument(event => {
// async, will *throw* an error
setTimeout(() => event.waitUntil(promise));
// sync, OK
event.waitUntil(promise);
});
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<readonly TextEdit[]> | A thenable that resolves to pre-save-edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
waitUntil ( thenable : Thenable <任意> ) : void
Allows to pause the event loop until the provided thenable resolved.
Note: This function can only be called during event dispatch.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
thenable: Thenable<any> | A thenable that delays saving. |
Returns | Description |
void |
文本编辑
文本编辑表示应应用于文档的编辑。
Static
Utility to create a delete edit.
Utility to create an insert edit.
Utility to create a replace edit.
setEndOfLine ( eol : EndOfLine ) :文本编辑
Utility to create an eol-edit.
Constructors
new TextEdit (范围:范围,newText :字符串):TextEdit
Create a new TextEdit.
Properties
新埃欧尔?:行尾
The eol-sequence used in the document.
Note that the eol-sequence will be applied to the whole document.
The string this edit will insert.
范围:范围
The range this edit applies to.
文本编辑器
表示附加到文档的编辑器。
Properties
文档:文本文档
The document associated with this text editor. The document will be the same for the entire lifetime of this text editor.
选项:文本编辑器选项
Text editor options.
选择:选择
The primary selection on this text editor. Shorthand for TextEditor.selections[0]
.
选择:只读选择[]
The selections in this text editor. The primary selection is always at index 0.
视图列:视图列
The column in which this editor shows. Will be undefined
in case this
isn't one of the main editors, e.g. an embedded editor, or when the editor
column is larger than three.
visibleRanges :只读范围[]
The current visible ranges in the editor (vertically). This accounts only for vertical scrolling, and not for horizontal scrolling.
Methods
编辑(回调:(editBuilder:TextEditorEdit)=> void,选项?: {undoStopAfter:布尔值,undoStopBefore:布尔值} ):Thenable <布尔值>
Perform an edit on the document associated with this text editor.
The given callback-function is invoked with an edit-builder which must be used to make edits. Note that the edit-builder is only valid while the callback executes.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
callback: (editBuilder: TextEditorEdit) => void | A function which can create edits using an edit-builder. |
options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean} | The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the edits could be applied. |
Hide the text editor.
- deprecated - Use the command
workbench.action.closeActiveEditor
instead. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
insertSnippet ( snippet : SnippetString , location ? : Range | Position | readonly Range [] | readonly Position [], options ? : {undoStopAfter: boolean , undoStopBefore: boolean } ) : Thenable < boolean >
Insert a snippet and put the editor into snippet mode. "Snippet mode" means the editor adds placeholders and additional cursors so that the user can complete or accept the snippet.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
snippet: SnippetString | The snippet to insert in this edit. |
location?: Range | Position | readonly Range[] | readonly Position[] | Position or range at which to insert the snippet, defaults to the current editor selection or selections. |
options?: {undoStopAfter: boolean, undoStopBefore: boolean} | The undo/redo behavior around this edit. By default, undo stops will be created before and after this edit. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that resolves with a value indicating if the snippet could be inserted. Note that the promise does not signal that the snippet is completely filled-in or accepted. |
RevealRange (范围:Range,RevealType ?:TextEditorRevealType ):无效
Scroll as indicated by revealType
in order to reveal the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
range: Range | A range. |
revealType?: TextEditorRevealType | The scrolling strategy for revealing |
Returns | Description |
void |
setDecorations (装饰类型:TextEditorDecorationType,rangesOrOptions :只读范围[]|只读装饰选项[] ):无效
Adds a set of decorations to the text editor. If a set of decorations already exists with
the given decoration type, they will be replaced. If
rangesOrOptions
is empty, the existing decorations with the given decoration type
will be removed.
See also createTextEditorDecorationType.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
decorationType: TextEditorDecorationType | A decoration type. |
rangesOrOptions: readonly Range[] | readonly DecorationOptions[] | |
Returns | Description |
void |
显示(列?:ViewColumn ):无效
Show the text editor.
- deprecated - Use window.showTextDocument instead.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
column?: ViewColumn | The column in which to show this editor. This method shows unexpected behavior and will be removed in the next major update. |
Returns | Description |
void |
文本编辑器光标样式
光标的渲染风格。
Enumeration Members
线路:1
Render the cursor as a vertical thick line.
块:2
Render the cursor as a block filled.
下划线:3
Render the cursor as a thick horizontal line.
线细:4
Render the cursor as a vertical thin line.
块轮廓:5
Render the cursor as a block outlined.
下划线细:6
Render the cursor as a thin horizontal line.
文本编辑器装饰类型
TextEditorDecorationType
要获取使用
createTextEditorDecorationType的实例。
Properties
Internal representation of the handle.
Methods
Remove this decoration type and all decorations on all text editors using it.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
void |
文本编辑器编辑
Methods
Delete a certain text region.
插入(位置:位置,值:字符串):void
Insert text at a location.
You can use \r\n or \n in value
and they will be normalized to the current document.
Although the equivalent text edit can be made with replace, insert
will produce a different resulting selection (it will get moved).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
location: Position | The position where the new text should be inserted. |
value: string | The new text this operation should insert. |
Returns | Description |
void |
Replace a certain text region with a new value.
You can use \r\n or \n in value
and they will be normalized to the current document.
setEndOfLine (行尾:行尾):无效
Set the end of line sequence.
文本编辑器行号样式
行号的渲染风格。
Enumeration Members
关闭:0
Do not render the line numbers.
开:1
Render the line numbers.
亲属:2
Render the line numbers with values relative to the primary cursor location.
文本编辑器选项
Properties
光标样式?:文本编辑器光标样式
The rendering style of the cursor in this editor. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
The number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "tabSize"
.
When pressing Tab insert n spaces.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a boolean (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a boolean or "auto"
.
行号? :文本编辑器行号样式
Render relative line numbers w.r.t. the current line number. When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be present. When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional.
The size in spaces a tab takes. This is used for two purposes:
- the rendering width of a tab character;
- the number of spaces to insert when insertSpaces is true
and
indentSize
is set to"tabSize"
.
When getting a text editor's options, this property will always be a number (resolved).
When setting a text editor's options, this property is optional and it can be a number or "auto"
.
文本编辑器选项更改事件
表示描述文本编辑器选项更改的事件。
Properties
选项:文本编辑器选项
The new value for the text editor's options.
文本编辑器:文本编辑器
The text editor for which the options have changed.
文本编辑器显示类型
代表文本编辑器中的不同显示策略。
Enumeration Members
默认值:0
The range will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
中心: 1
The range will always be revealed in the center of the viewport.
InCenterIfOutsideViewport : 2
If the range is outside the viewport, it will be revealed in the center of the viewport. Otherwise, it will be revealed with as little scrolling as possible.
顶部:3
The range will always be revealed at the top of the viewport.
文本编辑器选择更改事件
表示描述文本编辑器选择更改的事件。
Properties
种类:TextEditorSelectionChangeKind
The change kind which has triggered this
event. Can be undefined
.
选择:只读选择[]
The new value for the text editor's selections.
文本编辑器:文本编辑器
The text editor for which the selections have changed.
文本编辑器选择更改种类
表示可能导致选择更改事件的源。
Enumeration Members
键盘:1个
Selection changed due to typing in the editor.
鼠标:2
Selection change due to clicking in the editor.
命令:3
Selection changed because a command ran.
文本编辑器视图列更改事件
表示描述文本编辑器视图列更改的事件。
Properties
文本编辑器:文本编辑器
The text editor for which the view column has changed.
视图列:视图列
The new value for the text editor's view column.
TextEditorVisibleRangesChangeEvent
表示描述文本编辑器可见范围变化的事件。
Properties
文本编辑器:文本编辑器
The text editor for which the visible ranges have changed.
visibleRanges :只读范围[]
The new value for the text editor's visible ranges.
文本行
表示一行文本,例如一行源代码。
TextLine 对象是不可变的。当文档更改时,先前检索的行将不代表最新状态。
Properties
The offset of the first character which is not a whitespace character as defined
by /\s/
. Note that if a line is all whitespace the length of the line is returned.
Whether this line is whitespace only, shorthand for TextLine.firstNonWhitespaceCharacterIndex === TextLine.text.length.
The zero-based line number.
范围:范围
The range this line covers without the line separator characters.
范围包括换行符:范围
The range this line covers with the line separator characters.
The text of this line without the line separator characters.
主题装饰附件渲染选项
代表文本装饰内容之前和 之后的主题特定呈现样式。
Properties
背景颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
边框颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
内容图标路径?:字符串| 乌里
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.
Defines a text content that is shown in the attachment. Either an icon or a text can be shown, but not both.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
CSS styling property that will be applied to the decoration attachment.
主题装饰实例渲染选项
表示装饰实例的主题渲染选项。
Properties
之后?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
之前?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
主题装饰渲染选项
代表文本编辑器装饰的主题特定渲染样式。
Properties
之后?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted after the decorated text.
背景颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
Background color of the decoration. Use rgba() and define transparent background colors to play well with other decorations. Alternatively a color from the color registry can be referenced.
之前?: ThemableDecorationAttachmentRenderOptions
Defines the rendering options of the attachment that is inserted before the decorated text.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
边框颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'border' for setting one or more of the individual border properties.
颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
装订线图标路径?:字符串| 乌里
An absolute path or an URI to an image to be rendered in the gutter.
Specifies the size of the gutter icon. Available values are 'auto', 'contain', 'cover' and any percentage value. For further information: https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/jj127316(v=vs.85).aspx
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
轮廓颜色? :字符串| 主题颜色
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration. Better use 'outline' for setting one or more of the individual outline properties.
概述标尺颜色?:字符串| 主题颜色
The color of the decoration in the overview ruler. Use rgba() and define transparent colors to play well with other decorations.
CSS styling property that will be applied to text enclosed by a decoration.
主题颜色
对https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference中定义的工作台颜色之一的引用。使用主题颜色优于自定义颜色,因为它使主题作者和用户可以更改颜色。
Constructors
新主题颜色(id :字符串):主题颜色
Creates a reference to a theme color.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | of the color. The available colors are listed in https://vscode.github.net.cn/docs/getstarted/theme-color-reference. |
Returns | Description |
ThemeColor |
主题图标
对命名图标的引用。目前,支持File、Folder和ThemeIcon id 。使用主题图标优于自定义图标,因为它使产品主题作者可以更改图标。
请注意,主题图标也可以呈现在标签和描述内。支持主题图标的地方会说明这一点,并使用$(<name>)
- 语法,例如quickPick.label = "Hello World $(globe)"
。
Static
文件:主题图标
Reference to an icon representing a file. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.
文件夹:主题图标
Reference to an icon representing a folder. The icon is taken from the current file icon theme or a placeholder icon is used.
Constructors
new ThemeIcon ( id : string , color ? : ThemeColor ) : ThemeIcon
Creates a reference to a theme icon.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
id: string | id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://vscode.github.net.cn/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing. |
color?: ThemeColor | optional |
Returns | Description |
ThemeIcon |
Properties
颜色?:主题颜色
The optional ThemeColor of the icon. The color is currently only used in TreeItem.
The id of the icon. The available icons are listed in https://vscode.github.net.cn/api/references/icons-in-labels#icon-listing.
TreeCheckboxChangeEvent<T>
描述树项目的复选框状态更改的事件。
Properties
项目: ReadonlyArray<[ T , TreeItemCheckboxState ]>
The items that were checked or unchecked.
树数据提供者<T>
提供树数据的数据提供者
Events
onDidChangeTreeData ?:事件<无效| T | T []>
An optional event to signal that an element or root has changed.
This will trigger the view to update the changed element/root and its children recursively (if shown).
To signal that root has changed, do not pass any argument or pass undefined
or null
.
Methods
getChildren (元素? : T ) : ProviderResult < T [] >
Get the children of element
or root if no element is passed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
element?: T | The element from which the provider gets children. Can be |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | Children of |
getParent (元素: T ) : ProviderResult <T> _ _
Optional method to return the parent of element
.
Return null
or undefined
if element
is a child of root.
NOTE: This method should be implemented in order to access reveal API.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
element: T | The element for which the parent has to be returned. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | Parent of |
getTreeItem (元素: T ) : TreeItem | 然后可<TreeItem> _
Get TreeItem representation of the element
resolveTreeItem (项目:TreeItem,元素:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <TreeItem> _ _
Called on hover to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined.
Called on tree item click/open to resolve the TreeItem property if it is undefined.
Only properties that were undefined can be resolved in resolveTreeItem
.
Functionality may be expanded later to include being called to resolve other missing
properties on selection and/or on open.
Will only ever be called once per TreeItem.
onDidChangeTreeData should not be triggered from within resolveTreeItem.
Note that this function is called when tree items are already showing in the UI. Because of that, no property that changes the presentation (label, description, etc.) can be changed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TreeItem | Undefined properties of |
element: T | The object associated with the TreeItem. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TreeItem> | The resolved tree item or a thenable that resolves to such. It is OK to return the given
|
TreeDragAndDropController<T>
提供对拖放的支持TreeView
。
Properties
The mime types that the handleDrag
method of this TreeDragAndDropController
may add to the tree data transfer.
This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.
The recommended mime type of the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
) will be automatically added.
The mime types that the handleDrop
method of this DragAndDropController
supports.
This could be well-defined, existing, mime types, and also mime types defined by the extension.
To support drops from trees, you will need to add the mime type of that tree.
This includes drops from within the same tree.
The mime type of a tree is recommended to be of the format application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
.
Use the special files
mime type to support all types of dropped files files, regardless of the file's actual mime type.
To learn the mime type of a dragged item:
- Set up your
DragAndDropController
- Use the Developer: Set Log Level... command to set the level to "Debug"
- Open the developer tools and drag the item with unknown mime type over your tree. The mime types will be logged to the developer console
Note that mime types that cannot be sent to the extension will be omitted.
Methods
handleDrag (源:只读T [],dataTransfer :DataTransfer,令牌:CancellationToken ):void | 然后可<无效>
When the user starts dragging items from this DragAndDropController
, handleDrag
will be called.
Extensions can use handleDrag
to add their DataTransferItem
items to the drag and drop.
When the items are dropped on another tree item in the same tree, your DataTransferItem
objects
will be preserved. Use the recommended mime type for the tree (application/vnd.code.tree.<treeidlowercase>
) to add
tree objects in a data transfer. See the documentation for DataTransferItem
for how best to take advantage of this.
To add a data transfer item that can be dragged into the editor, use the application specific mime type "text/uri-list".
The data for "text/uri-list" should be a string with toString()
ed Uris separated by \r\n
. To specify a cursor position in the file,
set the Uri's fragment to L3,5
, where 3 is the line number and 5 is the column number.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
source: readonly T[] | The source items for the drag and drop operation. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | The data transfer associated with this drag. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token indicating that drag has been cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
handleDrop (目标:T,数据传输:数据传输,令牌:CancellationToken ):无效| 然后可<无效>
Called when a drag and drop action results in a drop on the tree that this DragAndDropController
belongs to.
Extensions should fire onDidChangeTreeData for any elements that need to be refreshed.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
target: T | The target tree element that the drop is occurring on. When undefined, the target is the root. |
dataTransfer: DataTransfer | The data transfer items of the source of the drag. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token indicating that the drop has been cancelled. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> |
树项
树项是树的 UI 元素。树项目由数据提供者创建。
Constructors
新的TreeItem (标签:字符串| TreeItemLabel,collapsibleState ?:TreeItemCollapsibleState ):TreeItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
label: string | TreeItemLabel | A human-readable string describing this item |
collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState | TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item. Default is TreeItemCollapsibleState.None |
Returns | Description |
TreeItem |
新的TreeItem (resourceUri :Uri,collapsibleState ?:TreeItemCollapsibleState ):TreeItem
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
resourceUri: Uri | The Uri of the resource representing this item. |
collapsibleState?: TreeItemCollapsibleState | TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item. Default is TreeItemCollapsibleState.None |
Returns | Description |
TreeItem |
Properties
可访问性信息? :辅助功能信息
Accessibility information used when screen reader interacts with this tree item.
Generally, a TreeItem has no need to set the role
of the accessibilityInformation;
however, there are cases where a TreeItem is not displayed in a tree-like way where setting the role
may make sense.
复选框状态?: TreeItemCheckboxState | {accessibilityInformation:AccessibilityInformation,状态:TreeItemCheckboxState,工具提示:字符串}
TreeItemCheckboxState of the tree item. onDidChangeTreeData should be fired when checkboxState changes.
可折叠状态?: TreeItemCollapsibleState
TreeItemCollapsibleState of the tree item.
命令?:命令
The Command that should be executed when the tree item is selected.
Please use vscode.open
or vscode.diff
as command IDs when the tree item is opening
something in the editor. Using these commands ensures that the resulting editor will
appear consistent with how other built-in trees open editors.
Context value of the tree item. This can be used to contribute item specific actions in the tree.
For example, a tree item is given a context value as folder
. When contributing actions to view/item/context
using menus
extension point, you can specify context value for key viewItem
in when
expression like viewItem == folder
.
"contributes": {
"menus": {
"view/item/context": [
{
"command": "extension.deleteFolder",
"when": "viewItem == folder"
}
]
}
}
This will show action extension.deleteFolder
only for items with contextValue
is folder
.
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent.
When true
, it is derived from resourceUri and when falsy
, it is not shown.
图标路径?:字符串| 乌里| 主题图标| {暗:字符串| Uri,光:字符串| 乌里}
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the tree item.
When falsy
, Folder Theme Icon is assigned, if item is collapsible otherwise File Theme Icon.
When a file or folder ThemeIcon is specified, icon is derived from the current file icon theme for the specified theme icon using resourceUri (if provided).
Optional id for the tree item that has to be unique across tree. The id is used to preserve the selection and expansion state of the tree item.
If not provided, an id is generated using the tree item's label. Note that when labels change, ids will change and that selection and expansion state cannot be kept stable anymore.
标签?:字符串| 树项标签
A human-readable string describing this item. When falsy
, it is derived from resourceUri.
资源Uri ?:乌里
工具提示?:字符串| 降价字符串
The tooltip text when you hover over this item.
树项复选框状态
树项的复选框状态
Enumeration Members
未选中:0
Determines an item is unchecked
已检查:1
Determines an item is checked
树项可折叠状态
树项的可折叠状态
Enumeration Members
无: 0
Determines an item can be neither collapsed nor expanded. Implies it has no children.
倒塌:1
Determines an item is collapsed
扩展:2
Determines an item is expanded
树项标签
描述树项目的标签
Properties
Ranges in the label to highlight. A range is defined as a tuple of two number where the first is the inclusive start index and the second the exclusive end index
A human-readable string describing the Tree item.
树视图<T>
代表树视图
Events
onDidChangeCheckboxState :事件< TreeCheckboxChangeEvent < T >>
An event to signal that an element or root has either been checked or unchecked.
onDidChangeSelection :事件< TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent < T >>
Event that is fired when the selection has changed
onDidChangeVisibility :事件<TreeViewVisibilityChangeEvent> _ _
Event that is fired when visibility has changed
onDidCollapseElement :事件< TreeViewExpansionEvent < T >>
Event that is fired when an element is collapsed
onDidExpandElement :事件< TreeViewExpansionEvent <T> > _
Event that is fired when an element is expanded
Properties
徽章?:查看徽章
The badge to display for this TreeView. To remove the badge, set to undefined.
An optional human-readable description which is rendered less prominently in the title of the view. Setting the title description to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the description from the view.
An optional human-readable message that will be rendered in the view. Setting the message to null, undefined, or empty string will remove the message from the view.
选择:只读T []
Currently selected elements.
The tree view title is initially taken from the extension package.json Changes to the title property will be properly reflected in the UI in the title of the view.
true
if the tree view is visible otherwise false
.
Methods
Dispose this object.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
Reveal (元素: T ,选项? : {expand: number | boolean , focus: boolean , select: boolean } ) : Thenable < void >
Reveals the given element in the tree view. If the tree view is not visible then the tree view is shown and element is revealed.
By default revealed element is selected.
In order to not to select, set the option select
to false
.
In order to focus, set the option focus
to true
.
In order to expand the revealed element, set the option expand
to true
. To expand recursively set expand
to the number of levels to expand.
- NOTE: You can expand only to 3 levels maximum.
- NOTE: The TreeDataProvider that the
TreeView
is registered with with must implement getParent method to access this API.
TreeViewExpansionEvent<T>
当TreeView中的元素展开或折叠时触发的事件
Properties
元素:T
Element that is expanded or collapsed.
树视图选项<T>
用于创建TreeView 的选项
Properties
Whether the tree supports multi-select. When the tree supports multi-select and a command is executed from the tree, the first argument to the command is the tree item that the command was executed on and the second argument is an array containing all selected tree items.
拖放控制器?: TreeDragAndDropController <T> _ _
An optional interface to implement drag and drop in the tree view.
By default, when the children of a tree item have already been fetched, child checkboxes are automatically managed based on the checked state of the parent tree item.
If the tree item is collapsed by default (meaning that the children haven't yet been fetched) then child checkboxes will not be updated.
To override this behavior and manage child and parent checkbox state in the extension, set this to true
.
Examples where TreeViewOptions.manageCheckboxStateManually is false, the default behavior:
A tree item is checked, then its children are fetched. The children will be checked.
A tree item's parent is checked. The tree item and all of it's siblings will be checked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user checks Parent, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
- A tree item and all of it's siblings are checked. The parent will be checked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user checks Child 1 and Child 2, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
- A tree item is unchecked. The parent will be unchecked.
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2 When the user unchecks Child 1, the tree will look like this:
- Parent
- Child 1
- Child 2
Whether to show collapse all action or not.
A data provider that provides tree data.
TreeViewSelectionChangeEvent<T>
当树视图的选择发生更改时触发的事件
Properties
选择:只读T []
Selected elements.
TreeViewVisibilityChange事件
当树视图的可见性发生变化时触发的事件
Properties
true
if the tree view is visible otherwise false
.
类型定义提供者
类型定义提供程序定义扩展和转到类型定义功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideTypeDefinition (文档: TextDocument ,位置: Position ,令牌: CancellationToken ) : ProviderResult <定义|定义 位置链接[]>
Provide the type definition of the symbol at the given position and document.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<Definition | LocationLink[]> | A definition or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
类型层次结构项目
表示类型层次结构的一项,例如类或接口。
Constructors
new TypeHierarchyItem (种类:SymbolKind,名称:字符串,详细信息:字符串,uri :Uri,范围:范围,selectionRange :范围):TypeHierarchyItem
Creates a new type hierarchy item.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
kind: SymbolKind | The kind of the item. |
name: string | The name of the item. |
detail: string | The details of the item. |
uri: Uri | The Uri of the item. |
range: Range | The whole range of the item. |
selectionRange: Range | The selection range of the item. |
Returns | Description |
TypeHierarchyItem |
Properties
More detail for this item, e.g. the signature of a function.
种类:符号种类
The kind of this item.
The name of this item.
范围:范围
The range enclosing this symbol not including leading/trailing whitespace but everything else, e.g. comments and code.
选择范围:范围
The range that should be selected and revealed when this symbol is being picked, e.g. the name of a class. Must be contained by the range-property.
标签?:只读已弃用[]
Tags for this item.
乌里:乌里
The resource identifier of this item.
类型层次结构提供者
类型层次结构提供程序接口描述了扩展和类型层次结构功能之间的契约。
Methods
准备TypeHierarchy (文档:TextDocument,位置:位置,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < TypeHierarchyItem | 类型HierarchyItem []>
Bootstraps type hierarchy by returning the item that is denoted by the given document
and position. This item will be used as entry into the type graph. Providers should
return undefined
or null
when there is no item at the given location.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
document: TextDocument | The document in which the command was invoked. |
position: Position | The position at which the command was invoked. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem | TypeHierarchyItem[]> | One or multiple type hierarchy items or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
提供TypeHierarchySubtypes (项目:TypeHierarchyItem,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < TypeHierarchyItem []>
Provide all subtypes for an item, e.g all types which are derived/inherited from the given item. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TypeHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which subtypes should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]> | A set of direct subtypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
提供TypeHierarchySupertypes (项目:TypeHierarchyItem,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < TypeHierarchyItem []>
Provide all supertypes for an item, e.g all types from which a type is derived/inherited. In graph terms this describes directed and annotated edges inside the type graph, e.g the given item is the starting node and the result is the nodes that can be reached.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
item: TypeHierarchyItem | The hierarchy item for which super types should be computed. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<TypeHierarchyItem[]> | A set of direct supertypes or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
UI种类
可以使用扩展的可能的 UI 类型。
Enumeration Members
台式机:1
Extensions are accessed from a desktop application.
网:2
Extensions are accessed from a web browser.
乌里
表示磁盘上的文件或其他资源(例如无标题资源)的通用资源标识符。
Static
文件(路径:字符串):Uri
Create an URI from a file system path. The scheme
will be file
.
The difference between Uri.parse and Uri.file is that the latter treats the argument
as path, not as stringified-uri. E.g. Uri.file(path)
is not the same as
Uri.parse('file://' + path)
because the path might contain characters that are
interpreted (# and ?). See the following sample:
const good = URI.file('/coding/c#/project1');
good.scheme === 'file';
good.path === '/coding/c#/project1';
good.fragment === '';
const bad = URI.parse('file://' + '/coding/c#/project1');
bad.scheme === 'file';
bad.path === '/coding/c'; // path is now broken
bad.fragment === '/project1';
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
path: string | A file system or UNC path. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
from (组件: {权限:字符串, 片段:字符串,路径:字符串,查询:字符串, 方案:字符串} ) : Uri
Create an URI from its component parts
See also Uri.toString
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
components: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string} | The component parts of an Uri. |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
joinPath (基础: Uri , ... pathSegments : string [] ) : Uri
Create a new uri which path is the result of joining the path of the base uri with the provided path segments.
- Note 1:
joinPath
only affects the path component and all other components (scheme, authority, query, and fragment) are left as they are. - Note 2: The base uri must have a path; an error is thrown otherwise.
The path segments are normalized in the following ways:
- sequences of path separators (
/
or\
) are replaced with a single separator - for
file
-uris on windows, the backslash-character (``) is considered a path-separator - the
..
-segment denotes the parent segment, the.
denotes the current segment - paths have a root which always remains, for instance on windows drive-letters are roots
so that is true:
joinPath(Uri.file('file:///c:/root'), '../../other').fsPath === 'c:/other'
解析(值:字符串,严格?:布尔值):Uri
Create an URI from a string, e.g. http://www.example.com/some/path
,
file:///usr/home
, or scheme:with/path
.
Note that for a while uris without a scheme
were accepted. That is not correct
as all uris should have a scheme. To avoid breakage of existing code the optional
strict
-argument has been added. We strongly advise to use it, e.g. Uri.parse('my:uri', true)
See also Uri.toString
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
value: string | The string value of an Uri. |
strict?: boolean | Throw an error when |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri instance. |
Constructors
新的Uri (方案:字符串,权限:字符串,路径:字符串,查询:字符串,片段:字符串):Uri
Use the file
and parse
factory functions to create new Uri
objects.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
scheme: string | |
authority: string | |
path: string | |
query: string | |
fragment: string | |
Returns | Description |
Uri |
Properties
Authority is the www.example.com
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The part between the first double slashes and the next slash.
Fragment is the fragment
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The string representing the corresponding file system path of this Uri.
Will handle UNC paths and normalize windows drive letters to lower-case. Also uses the platform specific path separator.
- Will not validate the path for invalid characters and semantics.
- Will not look at the scheme of this Uri.
- The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes but
for disk operations, like
readFile
et al.
The difference to the path-property is the use of the platform specific path separator and the handling of UNC paths. The sample below outlines the difference:
const u = URI.parse('file://server/c$/folder/file.txt');
u.authority === 'server';
u.path === '/shares/c$/file.txt';
u.fsPath === '\\serverc$\folder\file.txt';
Path is the /some/path
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
Query is the query
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
Scheme is the http
part of http://www.example.com/some/path?query#fragment
.
The part before the first colon.
Methods
Returns a JSON representation of this Uri.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any | An object. |
toString (skipEncoding ?:布尔值):字符串
Returns a string representation of this Uri. The representation and normalization of a URI depends on the scheme.
- The resulting string can be safely used with Uri.parse.
- The resulting string shall not be used for display purposes.
Note that the implementation will encode aggressive which often leads to unexpected,
but not incorrect, results. For instance, colons are encoded to %3A
which might be unexpected
in file-uri. Also &
and =
will be encoded which might be unexpected for http-uris. For stability
reasons this cannot be changed anymore. If you suffer from too aggressive encoding you should use
the skipEncoding
-argument: uri.toString(true)
.
with (更改: {权限:字符串, 片段:字符串, 路径:字符串,查询:字符串, 方案:字符串} ) : Uri
Derive a new Uri from this Uri.
let file = Uri.parse('before:some/file/path');
let other = file.with({ scheme: 'after' });
assert.ok(other.toString() === 'after:some/file/path');
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
change: {authority: string, fragment: string, path: string, query: string, scheme: string} | An object that describes a change to this Uri. To unset components use |
Returns | Description |
Uri | A new Uri that reflects the given change. Will return |
UriHandler
uri 处理程序负责处理系统范围的uris。
Methods
handleUri ( uri : Uri ) : ProviderResult <void> _ _
Handle the provided system-wide Uri.
See also window.registerUriHandler.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<void> |
查看徽章
代表视图价值的徽章
Properties
A label to present in tooltip for the badge.
The value to present in the badge.
视图列
表示编辑器在窗口中的位置。编辑器可以排列在网格中,每一列通过按编辑器出现的顺序对编辑器进行计数来表示该网格中的一个编辑器位置。
Enumeration Members
旁边:-2
A symbolic editor column representing the column to the side of the active one. This value
can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value
of editors will always be One
, Two
, Three
,... or undefined
but never Beside
.
活跃:-1
A symbolic editor column representing the currently active column. This value
can be used when opening editors, but the resolved viewColumn-value
of editors will always be One
, Two
, Three
,... or undefined
but never Active
.
一:1
The first editor column.
二:2
The second editor column.
三:3
The third editor column.
四:4
The fourth editor column.
五:5
The fifth editor column.
六:6
The sixth editor column.
七:7
The seventh editor column.
八:8
The eighth editor column.
九:9
The ninth editor column.
网页视图
显示 html 内容,类似于 iframe。
Events
onDidReceiveMessage :事件<任意>
Fired when the webview content posts a message.
Webview content can post strings or json serializable objects back to an extension. They cannot
post Blob
, File
, ImageData
and other DOM specific objects since the extension that receives the
message does not run in a browser environment.
Properties
Content security policy source for webview resources.
This is the origin that should be used in a content security policy rule:
`img-src https: ${webview.cspSource} ...;`;
HTML contents of the webview.
This should be a complete, valid html document. Changing this property causes the webview to be reloaded.
Webviews are sandboxed from normal extension process, so all communication with the webview must use
message passing. To send a message from the extension to the webview, use postMessage.
To send message from the webview back to an extension, use the acquireVsCodeApi
function inside the webview
to get a handle to the editor's api and then call .postMessage()
:
<script>
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi(); // acquireVsCodeApi can only be invoked once
vscode.postMessage({ message: 'hello!' });
</script>
To load a resources from the workspace inside a webview, use the asWebviewUri method and ensure the resource's directory is listed in WebviewOptions.localResourceRoots.
Keep in mind that even though webviews are sandboxed, they still allow running scripts and loading arbitrary content, so extensions must follow all standard web security best practices when working with webviews. This includes properly sanitizing all untrusted input (including content from the workspace) and setting a content security policy.
选项:Webview选项
Content settings for the webview.
Methods
Convert a uri for the local file system to one that can be used inside webviews.
Webviews cannot directly load resources from the workspace or local file system using file:
uris. The
asWebviewUri
function takes a local file:
uri and converts it into a uri that can be used inside of
a webview to load the same resource:
webview.html = `<img src="${webview.asWebviewUri(
vscode.Uri.file('/Users/codey/workspace/cat.gif')
)}">`;
postMessage (消息:任意):Thenable <boolean> _ _
Post a message to the webview content.
Messages are only delivered if the webview is live (either visible or in the
background with retainContextWhenHidden
).
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
message: any | Body of the message. This must be a string or other json serializable object. For older versions of vscode, if an However if your extension targets vscode 1.57+ in the |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<boolean> | A promise that resolves when the message is posted to a webview or when it is dropped because the message was not deliverable. Returns A response of If you want confirm that a message as actually received, you can try having your webview posting a confirmation message back to your extension. |
网页视图选项
Web 视图的内容设置。
Properties
Controls whether command uris are enabled in webview content or not.
Defaults to false
(command uris are disabled).
If you pass in an array, only the commands in the array are allowed.
Controls whether forms are enabled in the webview content or not.
Defaults to true if scripts are enabled. Otherwise defaults to false. Explicitly setting this property to either true or false overrides the default.
Controls whether scripts are enabled in the webview content or not.
Defaults to false (scripts-disabled).
本地资源根?:只读Uri []
Root paths from which the webview can load local (filesystem) resources using uris from asWebviewUri
Default to the root folders of the current workspace plus the extension's install directory.
Pass in an empty array to disallow access to any local resources.
端口映射?:只读WebviewPortMapping []
Mappings of localhost ports used inside the webview.
Port mapping allow webviews to transparently define how localhost ports are resolved. This can be used to allow using a static localhost port inside the webview that is resolved to random port that a service is running on.
If a webview accesses localhost content, we recommend that you specify port mappings even if
the webviewPort
and extensionHostPort
ports are the same.
Note that port mappings only work for http
or https
urls. Websocket urls (e.g. ws://localhost:3000
)
cannot be mapped to another port.
网页视图面板
包含网络视图的面板。
Events
onDidChangeViewState :事件<WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent> _ _
Fired when the panel's view state changes.
onDidDispose :事件<void> _ _
Fired when the panel is disposed.
This may be because the user closed the panel or because .dispose()
was
called on it.
Trying to use the panel after it has been disposed throws an exception.
Properties
Whether the panel is active (focused by the user).
Icon for the panel shown in UI.
Content settings for the webview panel.
Title of the panel shown in UI.
视图列:视图列
Editor position of the panel. This property is only set if the webview is in one of the editor view columns.
Identifies the type of the webview panel, such as 'markdown.preview'
.
Whether the panel is visible.
网页视图:网页视图
Webview belonging to the panel.
Methods
Dispose of the webview panel.
This closes the panel if it showing and disposes of the resources owned by the webview.
Webview panels are also disposed when the user closes the webview panel. Both cases
fire the onDispose
event.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
any |
显示(viewColumn ?:ViewColumn,保留焦点?:布尔值):无效
Show the webview panel in a given column.
A webview panel may only show in a single column at a time. If it is already showing, this method moves it to a new column.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
viewColumn?: ViewColumn | View column to show the panel in. Shows in the current |
preserveFocus?: boolean | When |
Returns | Description |
void |
WebviewPanelOnDidChangeViewStateEvent
当 Web 视图面板的视图状态更改时触发事件。
Properties
网页视图面板:网页视图面板
Webview panel whose view state changed.
WebviewPanel选项
Web 视图面板的内容设置。
Properties
Controls if the find widget is enabled in the panel.
Defaults to false
.
Controls if the webview panel's content (iframe) is kept around even when the panel is no longer visible.
Normally the webview panel's html context is created when the panel becomes visible
and destroyed when it is hidden. Extensions that have complex state
or UI can set the retainContextWhenHidden
to make the editor keep the webview
context around, even when the webview moves to a background tab. When a webview using
retainContextWhenHidden
becomes hidden, its scripts and other dynamic content are suspended.
When the panel becomes visible again, the context is automatically restored
in the exact same state it was in originally. You cannot send messages to a
hidden webview, even with retainContextWhenHidden
enabled.
retainContextWhenHidden
has a high memory overhead and should only be used if
your panel's context cannot be quickly saved and restored.
WebviewPanelSerializer<T>
恢复 vscode 关闭时已保留的 webview 面板。
webview持久化有两种类型:
- 会话内的持久性。
- 跨会话持久性(跨编辑器重新启动)。
WebviewPanelSerializer
仅第二种情况需要A :跨会话持久保存 Web 视图。
会话中的持久性允许 Web 视图在隐藏时保存其状态,并在再次可见时从该状态恢复其内容。它完全由 webview 内容本身提供支持。要保存持久状态,请acquireVsCodeApi().setState()
使用任何 json 可序列化对象进行调用。要再次恢复状态,请调用getState()
// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();
// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };
// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });
AWebviewPanelSerializer
在编辑器重新启动时扩展了这种持久性。setState
当编辑器关闭时,它将保存所有具有序列化器的 Web 视图的状态。当 webview 重新启动后第一次变得可见时,此状态将传递给deserializeWebviewPanel
. 然后,扩展程序可以从此WebviewPanel
状态恢复旧的状态。
Methods
deserializeWebviewPanel ( webviewPanel : WebviewPanel ,状态: T ) : Thenable < void >
Restore a webview panel from its serialized state
.
Called when a serialized webview first becomes visible.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
webviewPanel: WebviewPanel | Webview panel to restore. The serializer should take ownership of this panel. The
serializer must restore the webview's |
state: T | Persisted state from the webview content. |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> | Thenable indicating that the webview has been fully restored. |
Webview端口映射
定义用于 webview 内的 localhost 的端口映射。
Properties
Destination port. The webviewPort
is resolved to this port.
Localhost port to remap inside the webview.
网页视图View
基于 webview 的视图。
Events
onDidChangeVisibility :事件<void> _ _
Event fired when the visibility of the view changes.
Actions that trigger a visibility change:
- The view is collapsed or expanded.
- The user switches to a different view group in the sidebar or panel.
Note that hiding a view using the context menu instead disposes of the view and fires onDidDispose
.
onDidDispose :事件<void> _ _
Event fired when the view is disposed.
Views are disposed when they are explicitly hidden by a user (this happens when a user right clicks in a view and unchecks the webview view).
Trying to use the view after it has been disposed throws an exception.
Properties
徽章?:查看徽章
The badge to display for this webview view. To remove the badge, set to undefined.
Human-readable string which is rendered less prominently in the title.
View title displayed in the UI.
The view title is initially taken from the extension package.json
contribution.
Identifies the type of the webview view, such as 'hexEditor.dataView'
.
Tracks if the webview is currently visible.
Views are visible when they are on the screen and expanded.
网页视图:网页视图
The underlying webview for the view.
Methods
Reveal the view in the UI.
If the view is collapsed, this will expand it.
WebviewViewProvider
用于创建WebviewView
元素的提供者。
Methods
解决WebviewView (webviewView :WebviewView,上下文:WebviewViewResolveContext <未知>,令牌:CancellationToken ):无效| 然后可<无效>
Revolves a webview view.
resolveWebviewView
is called when a view first becomes visible. This may happen when the view is
first loaded or when the user hides and then shows a view again.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
webviewView: WebviewView | Webview view to restore. The provider should take ownership of this view. The
provider must set the webview's |
context: WebviewViewResolveContext<unknown> | Additional metadata about the view being resolved. |
token: CancellationToken | Cancellation token indicating that the view being provided is no longer needed. |
Returns | Description |
void | Thenable<void> | Optional thenable indicating that the view has been fully resolved. |
WebviewViewResolveContext<T>
正在解析的 webview 视图的附加信息。
Properties
状态:T
Persisted state from the webview content.
To save resources, the editor normally deallocates webview documents (the iframe content) that are not visible.
For example, when the user collapse a view or switches to another top level activity in the sidebar, the
WebviewView
itself is kept alive but the webview's underlying document is deallocated. It is recreated when
the view becomes visible again.
You can prevent this behavior by setting retainContextWhenHidden
in the WebviewOptions
. However this
increases resource usage and should be avoided wherever possible. Instead, you can use persisted state to
save off a webview's state so that it can be quickly recreated as needed.
To save off a persisted state, inside the webview call acquireVsCodeApi().setState()
with
any json serializable object. To restore the state again, call getState()
. For example:
// Within the webview
const vscode = acquireVsCodeApi();
// Get existing state
const oldState = vscode.getState() || { value: 0 };
// Update state
setState({ value: oldState.value + 1 });
The editor ensures that the persisted state is saved correctly when a webview is hidden and across editor restarts.
窗口状态
代表窗口的状态。
Properties
Whether the current window is focused.
工作区配置
代表配置。这是一个合并视图
- 默认设置
- 全局(用户)设置
- 工作区设置
- 工作区文件夹设置- 来自请求的资源所属的工作区文件夹之一。
- 语言设置- 根据请求的语言定义的设置。
有效值(由get返回)是通过按以下顺序覆盖或合并值来计算的:
defaultValue
(如果以package.json
其他方式从值的类型派生定义)globalValue
(如果已定义)workspaceValue
(如果已定义)workspaceFolderValue
(如果已定义)defaultLanguageValue
(如果已定义)globalLanguageValue
(如果已定义)workspaceLanguageValue
(如果已定义)workspaceFolderLanguageValue
(如果已定义)
注意:仅object
合并值类型,并覆盖所有其他值类型。
示例 1:覆盖
defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
value = 'off';
示例 2:语言值
defaultValue = 'on';
globalValue = 'relative';
workspaceFolderValue = 'off';
globalLanguageValue = 'on';
value = 'on';
示例 3:对象值
defaultValue = { a: 1, b: 2 };
globalValue = { b: 3, c: 4 };
value = { a: 1, b: 3, c: 4 };
注意:工作空间和工作空间文件夹配置包含launch
和tasks
设置。它们的基本名称将是部分标识符的一部分。以下代码片段展示了如何从中检索所有配置launch.json
:
// launch.json configuration
const config = workspace.getConfiguration(
'launch',
vscode.workspace.workspaceFolders[0].uri
);
// retrieve values
const values = config.get('configurations');
请参阅设置了解更多信息。
Methods
获取<T> (部分:字符串):T _ _
Return a value from this configuration.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
Returns | Description |
T | The value |
Return a value from this configuration.
Check if this configuration has a certain value.
检查<T> (部分:字符串): {defaultLanguageValue:T,defaultValue:T,globalLanguageValue:T , globalValue:T,键:字符串,语言ID:字符串[],workspaceFolderLanguageValue:T , workspaceFolderValue:T,workspaceLanguageValue:T,workspaceValue : } _
Retrieve all information about a configuration setting. A configuration value often consists of a default value, a global or installation-wide value, a workspace-specific value, folder-specific value and language-specific values (if WorkspaceConfiguration is scoped to a language).
Also provides all language ids under which the given configuration setting is defined.
Note: The configuration name must denote a leaf in the configuration tree
(editor.fontSize
vs editor
) otherwise no result is returned.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
Returns | Description |
{defaultLanguageValue: T, defaultValue: T, globalLanguageValue: T, globalValue: T, key: string, languageIds: string[], workspaceFolderLanguageValue: T, workspaceFolderValue: T, workspaceLanguageValue: T, workspaceValue: T} | Information about a configuration setting or |
更新(节:字符串,值:任何,configurationTarget ?:boolean | ConfigurationTarget,overrideInLanguage ?:boolean ):Thenable <void> _ _
Update a configuration value. The updated configuration values are persisted.
A value can be changed in
- Global settings: Changes the value for all instances of the editor.
- Workspace settings: Changes the value for current workspace, if available.
- Workspace folder settings: Changes the value for settings from one of the Workspace Folders under which the requested resource belongs to.
- Language settings: Changes the value for the requested languageId.
Note: To remove a configuration value use undefined
, like so: config.update('somekey', undefined)
- throws - error while updating
- configuration which is not registered.
- window configuration to workspace folder
- configuration to workspace or workspace folder when no workspace is opened.
- configuration to workspace folder when there is no workspace folder settings.
- configuration to workspace folder when WorkspaceConfiguration is not scoped to a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
section: string | Configuration name, supports dotted names. |
value: any | The new value. |
configurationTarget?: boolean | ConfigurationTarget | The configuration target or a boolean value.
- If |
overrideInLanguage?: boolean | Whether to update the value in the scope of requested languageId or not.
- If |
Returns | Description |
Thenable<void> |
工作区编辑
工作区编辑是多个资源和文档的文本和文件更改的集合。
使用applyEdit函数应用工作区编辑。
Constructors
新的工作区编辑( ) :工作区编辑
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
Returns | Description |
WorkspaceEdit |
Properties
The number of affected resources of textual or resource changes.
Methods
createFile ( uri : Uri , options ? : {contents: Uint8Array | DataTransferFile ,ignoreIfExists: boolean , overwrite: boolean },元数据? : WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ) : void
Create a regular file.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | Uri of the new file. |
options?: {contents: Uint8Array | DataTransferFile, ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean} | Defines if an existing file should be overwritten or be
ignored. When |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
删除(uri :Uri,范围:范围,元数据?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ):无效
Delete the text at the given range.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
range: Range | A range. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
deleteFile ( uri : Uri , options ? : {ignoreIfNotExists: boolean , recursive: boolean },元数据? : WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ) : void
Delete a file or folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | The uri of the file that is to be deleted. |
options?: {ignoreIfNotExists: boolean, recursive: boolean} | |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
条目( ) : Array<[ Uri , TextEdit []]>
Get all text edits grouped by resource.
get ( uri : Uri ) : TextEdit []
Get the text edits for a resource.
有(uri :Uri ):布尔值
Check if a text edit for a resource exists.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
Returns | Description |
boolean |
|
插入(uri :Uri,位置:位置,newText :字符串,元数据?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ):void
Insert the given text at the given position.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
position: Position | A position. |
newText: string | A string. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
renameFile ( oldUri : Uri , newUri : Uri , options ? : {ignoreIfExists: boolean , overwrite: boolean },元数据? : WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ) : void
Rename a file or folder.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
oldUri: Uri | The existing file. |
newUri: Uri | The new location. |
options?: {ignoreIfExists: boolean, overwrite: boolean} | Defines if existing files should be overwritten or be ignored. When overwrite and ignoreIfExists are both set overwrite wins. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
替换(uri :Uri,范围:范围,newText :字符串,元数据?:WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ):void
Replace the given range with given text for the given resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
range: Range | A range. |
newText: string | A string. |
metadata?: WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata | Optional metadata for the entry. |
Returns | Description |
void |
设置(uri :Uri,编辑: ReadonlyArray< TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit > ):void
Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
设置(uri :Uri,编辑: ReadonlyArray<[ TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit,WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ]> ):void
Set (and replace) text edits or snippet edits with metadata for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<[TextEdit | SnippetTextEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
set ( uri : Uri,编辑: readonly NotebookEdit [] ) : void
Set (and replace) notebook edits for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: readonly NotebookEdit[] | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
设置(uri :Uri,编辑: ReadonlyArray<[ NotebookEdit,WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata ]> ):void
Set (and replace) notebook edits with metadata for a resource.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
uri: Uri | A resource identifier. |
edits: ReadonlyArray<[NotebookEdit, WorkspaceEditEntryMetadata]> | An array of edits. |
Returns | Description |
void |
工作区编辑条目元数据
工作区编辑条目的附加数据。支持对条目进行标记,并将条目标记为需要用户确认。编辑器将具有相同标签的编辑分组到树节点中,例如,所有标有“字符串更改”的编辑都将是一个树节点。
Properties
A human-readable string which is rendered less prominent on the same line.
图标路径?:乌里| 主题图标| {暗:Uri,亮:Uri }
The icon path or ThemeIcon for the edit.
A human-readable string which is rendered prominent.
A flag which indicates that user confirmation is needed.
工作区编辑元数据
有关工作区编辑的附加数据。
Properties
Signal to the editor that this edit is a refactoring.
工作区文件夹
工作区文件夹是编辑器可能打开的众多根目录之一。所有工作区文件夹都是相同的,这意味着不存在活动或主工作区文件夹的概念。
Properties
The ordinal number of this workspace folder.
The name of this workspace folder. Defaults to the basename of its uri-path
乌里:乌里
The associated uri for this workspace folder.
Note: The Uri-type was intentionally chosen such that future releases of the editor can support
workspace folders that are not stored on the local disk, e.g. ftp://server/workspaces/foo
.
工作区文件夹选择选项
用于配置工作区文件夹选择 UI行为的选项。
Properties
Set to true
to keep the picker open when focus moves to another part of the editor or to another window.
This setting is ignored on iPad and is always false.
An optional string to show as placeholder in the input box to guide the user what to pick on.
工作区文件夹更改事件
描述工作区文件夹集更改的事件。
Properties
添加:只读WorkspaceFolder []
Added workspace folders.
已删除:只读WorkspaceFolder []
Removed workspace folders.
WorkspaceSymbolProvider<T>
工作区符号提供程序接口定义了扩展和符号搜索功能之间的契约。
Methods
ProvideWorkspaceSymbols (查询:字符串,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult < T []>
Project-wide search for a symbol matching the given query string.
The query
-parameter should be interpreted in a relaxed way as the editor will apply its own highlighting
and scoring on the results. A good rule of thumb is to match case-insensitive and to simply check that the
characters of query appear in their order in a candidate symbol. Don't use prefix, substring, or similar
strict matching.
To improve performance implementors can implement resolveWorkspaceSymbol
and then provide symbols with partial
location-objects, without a range
defined. The editor will then call
resolveWorkspaceSymbol
for selected symbols only, e.g. when opening a workspace symbol.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
query: string | A query string, can be the empty string in which case all symbols should be returned. |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T[]> | An array of document highlights or a thenable that resolves to such. The lack of a result can be
signaled by returning |
solveWorkspaceSymbol (符号:T,令牌:CancellationToken ):ProviderResult <T> _ _
Given a symbol fill in its location. This method is called whenever a symbol is selected in the UI. Providers can implement this method and return incomplete symbols from provideWorkspaceSymbols which often helps to improve performance.
Parameter | Description |
---|---|
symbol: T | The symbol that is to be resolved. Guaranteed to be an instance of an object returned from an
earlier call to |
token: CancellationToken | A cancellation token. |
Returns | Description |
ProviderResult<T> | The resolved symbol or a thenable that resolves to that. When no result is returned,
the given |
API模式
这些是我们在 VS Code API 中使用的一些常见模式。
承诺
VS Code API 表示带有Promise 的异步操作。从扩展中,可以返回任何类型的 Promise,如 ES6、WinJS、A+ 等。
独立于特定的 Promise 库在 API 中通过Thenable
-type 来表达。Thenable
表示共同点,即then方法。
在大多数情况下,promise 的使用是可选的,当 VS Code 调用扩展时,它可以处理结果类型以及结果类型Thenable
的a 。当 Promise 的使用是可选的时,API 通过返回-types 来指示这一点。or
provideNumber(): number | Thenable<number>
取消令牌
通常操作是在易失状态下启动的,易失状态在操作完成之前会发生变化。例如,计算 IntelliSense 开始,用户继续键入,从而使该操作的结果过时。
暴露于此类行为的 API 将通过一个参数,CancellationToken
您可以在其上检查取消情况 ( isCancellationRequested
) 或在发生取消时收到通知 ( onCancellationRequested
)。取消标记通常是函数调用的最后一个参数并且是可选的。
一次性用品
VS Code API对从 VS Code 获取的资源使用处置模式。这适用于事件侦听、命令、与 UI 交互以及各种语言贡献。
例如,该setStatusBarMessage(value: string)
函数返回一个Disposable
,在调用时dispose
会再次删除该消息。
活动
VS Code API 中的事件作为函数公开,您可以使用侦听器函数调用以进行订阅。调用 subscribe 返回 a Disposable
,它会在 dispose 时删除事件侦听器。
var listener = function(event) {
console.log('It happened', event);
};
// start listening
var subscription = fsWatcher.onDidDelete(listener);
// do more stuff
subscription.dispose(); // stop listening
事件的名称遵循该on[Will|Did]VerbNoun?
模式。名称表示事件是否将要发生(onWill)还是已经发生(onDid)、发生了什么(动词)以及上下文(名词),除非从上下文中可以明显看出。
VS Code API 的一个示例是,window.onDidChangeActiveTextEditor
当活动文本编辑器(名词)发生(onDid)更改(动词)时触发的事件。
严格为空
VS Code API 在适当的情况下使用undefined
和null
TypeScript 类型来支持严格的 null 检查。
用于身份验证的命名空间。